mplayer man page on aLinux

Man page or keyword search:  
man Server   7435 pages
apropos Keyword Search (all sections)
Output format
aLinux logo
[printable version]

MPlayer(1)		       The Movie Player			    MPlayer(1)

NAME
       mplayer	- movie player
       mencoder - movie encoder

SYNOPSIS
       mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mplayer [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device]
       [options]
       mplayer vcd://track[/device]
       mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
       mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mplayer pvr:// [options]
       mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
       mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
       mplayer [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|smb]://
       [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
       mplayer sdp://file [options]
       mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       gmplayer [options] [-skin skin]
       mencoder [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file | file://file |
       smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
       mencoder [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION
       mplayer is a movie player for Linux (runs on many other	platforms  and
       CPU  architectures,  see	 the  documentation).  It plays most MPEG/VOB,
       AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo,
       yuv4mpeg,  FILM	and  RoQ  files,  supported  by many native and binary
       codecs.	You can watch VCD, SVCD, DVD, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV  and  even
       H.264 movies, too.

       MPlayer	supports  a  wide range of video and audio output drivers.  It
       works with X11, Xv, DGA, OpenGL, SVGAlib, fbdev,	 AAlib,	 libcaca,  Di‐
       rectFB,	Quartz, Mac OS X CoreVideo, but you can also use GGI, SDL (and
       all their drivers), VESA (on every VESA-compatible card,	 even  without
       X11),  some  low-level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx and ATI)
       and some hardware MPEG decoder boards, such as the Siemens  DVB,	 Haup‐
       pauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2 and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them support soft‐
       ware or hardware scaling, so you can enjoy movies in fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice  big
       antialiased shaded subtitles and visual feedback for keyboard controls.
       European/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian, English, Czech, etc), Cyrillic and Ko‐
       rean fonts are supported along with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD, Sub‐
       Rip, OGM, SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS  and
       our  own: MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and Closed Cap‐
       tions).

       mencoder (MPlayer's Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder,  designed
       to encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to other MPlayer-playable
       formats (see below).  It encodes to  MPEG-4  (DivX/Xvid),  one  of  the
       libavcodec  codecs  and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3 passes.  Fur‐
       thermore it has stream copying  abilities,  a  powerful	filter	system
       (crop, expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV conver‐
       sion) and more.

       gmplayer is MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  It has  the  same
       options as MPlayer.

       Usage  examples	to  get you started quickly can be found at the end of
       this man page.

       Also see the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL
       MPlayer has a fully configurable, command-driven	 control  layer	 which
       allows you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote
       control (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

       keyboard control
	      <- and ->
		   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
	      up and down
		   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
	      pgup and pgdown
		   Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
	      [ and ]
		   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
	      { and }
		   Halve/double current playback speed.
	      backspace
		   Reset playback speed to normal.
	      < and >
		   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
	      ENTER
		   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
	      HOME and END
		   next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
	      INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
		   next/previous alternative source.
	      p / SPACE
		   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
	      .
		   Step forward.  Pressing once will pause movie,  every  con‐
		   secutive  press  will play one frame and then go into pause
		   mode again (any other key unpauses).
	      q / ESC
		   Stop playing and quit.
	      U
		   Stop playing (and quit if -idle is not used).
	      + and -
		   Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
	      / and *
		   Decrease/increase volume.
	      9 and 0
		   Decrease/increase volume.
	      ( and )
		   Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
	      m
		   Mute sound.
	      _ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
		   Cycle through the available video tracks.
	      # (DVD, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
		   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
	      TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
		   Cycle through the available programs.
	      f
		   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	      T
		   Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
	      w and e
		   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
	      o
		   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek  +  timer  /  seek  +
		   timer + total time.
	      d
		   Toggle  frame  dropping  states: none / skip display / skip
		   decoding (see -framedrop and -hardframedrop).
	      v
		   Toggle subtitle visibility.
	      j
		   Cycle through the available subtitles.
	      y and g
		   Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
	      F
		   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
	      a
		   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
	      x and z
		   Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
	      r and t
		   Move subtitles up/down.
	      i (-edlout mode only)
		   Set start or end of an EDL skip and write  it  out  to  the
		   given file.
	      s (-vf screenshot only)
		   Take a screenshot.
	      S (-vf screenshot only)
		   Start/stop taking screenshots.
	      I
		   Show filename on the OSD.
	      ! and @
		   Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
	      D (-vo xvmc, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
		   Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
	      A	   Cycle through the available DVD angles.

	      (The  following keys are valid only when using a hardware accel‐
	      erated video output (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga,  etc),	 the  software
	      equalizer (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

	      1 and 2
		   Adjust contrast.
	      3 and 4
		   Adjust brightness.
	      5 and 6
		   Adjust hue.
	      7 and 8
		   Adjust saturation.

	      (The  following keys are valid only when using the quartz or ma‐
	      cosx video output driver.)

	      command + 0
		   Resize movie window to half its original size.
	      command + 1
		   Resize movie window to its original size.
	      command + 2
		   Resize movie window to double its original size.
	      command + f
		   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	      command + [ and command + ]
		   Set movie window alpha.

	      (The following keys are valid only when using the sdl video out‐
	      put driver.)

	      c
		   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
	      n
		   Restore original mode.

	      (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multi‐
	      media keys.)

	      PAUSE
		   Pause.
	      STOP
		   Stop playing and quit.
	      PREVIOUS and NEXT
		   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

	      (The following keys are only valid if GUI support is compiled in
	      and will take precedence over the keys defined above.)

	      ENTER
		   Start playing.
	      ESC
		   Stop playing.
	      l
		   Load file.
	      t
		   Load subtitle.
	      c
		   Open skin browser.
	      p
		   Open playlist.
	      r
		   Open preferences.

	      (The  following  keys  are only valid if you compiled with TV or
	      DVB input support and will take precedence over the keys defined
	      above.)

	      h and k
		   Select previous/next channel.
	      n
		   Change norm.
	      u
		   Change channel list.

	      (The  following  keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav
	      support: They are used to navigate the menus.)

	      keypad 8
		   Select button up.
	      keypad 2
		   Select button down.
	      keypad 4
		   Select button left.
	      keypad 6
		   Select button right.
	      keypad 5
		   Return to main menu.
	      keypad 7
		   Return to nearest menu (the order of preference  is:	 chap‐
		   ter->title->root).
	      keypad ENTER
		   Confirm choice.

	      (The  following  keys  are only valid if teletext support is en‐
	      abled during compilation: They are used for controlling TV tele‐
	      text.)

	      X
		   Switch teletext on/off.
	      Q and W
		   Go to next/prev teletext page.

	      mouse control
		     button 3 and button 4
			  Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
		     button 5 and button 6
			  Decrease/increase volume.

	      joystick control
		     left and right
			  Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
		     up and down
			  Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
		     button 1
			  Pause.
		     button 2
			  Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek
			  + timer + total time.
		     button 3 and button 4
			  Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE
       Every 'flag' option has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g.  the  opposite  of
       the -fs option is -nofs.

       If  an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination
       with the XXX option or if XXX is compiled in.

       NOTE: The suboption parser (used for example for	 -ao  pcm  suboptions)
       supports a special kind of string-escaping intended for use with exter‐
       nal GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       EXAMPLES:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES
       You can put all of the options in configuration	files  which  will  be
       read every time MPlayer/MEncoder is run.	 The system-wide configuration
       file 'mplayer.conf' is in  your	configuration  directory  (e.g.	 /etc/
       mplayer or /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user specific one is '~/.mplay‐
       er/config'.  The configuration file for MEncoder is 'mencoder.conf'  in
       your  configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/mplayer  or /usr/local/etc/
       mplayer), the user specific one	is  '~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf'.	  User
       specific	 options override system-wide options and options given on the
       command line override either.  The syntax of the configuration files is
       'option=<value>',  everything after a '#' is considered a comment.  Op‐
       tions that work without values can be enabled by setting them to	 'yes'
       or  '1'	or  'true'  and	 disabled  by  setting	them to 'no' or '0' or
       'false'.	 Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

       You can also write file-specific configuration files.  If you  wish  to
       have  a configuration file for a file called 'movie.avi', create a file
       named 'movie.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and put  it
       in  ~/.mplayer/.	  You  can also put the configuration file in the same
       directory  as  the  file	 to  be	 played,  as  long  as	you  give  the
       -use-filedir-conf  option (either on the command line or in your global
       config file).

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8

       EXAMPLE MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

PROFILES
       To ease working with different configurations profiles can  be  defined
       in  the	configuration  files.	A profile starts with its name between
       square brackets, e.g. '[my-profile]'.  All following  options  will  be
       part of the profile.  A description (shown by -profile help) can be de‐
       fined with the profile-desc option.  To end the profile, start  another
       one or use the profile name 'default' to continue with normal options.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:

       [protocol.dvd]
       profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
       vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
       alang=en

       [protocol.dvdnav]
       profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
       profile=protocol.dvd
       mouse-movements=yes

       [extension.flv]
       profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
       flip=yes

       [vo.pnm]
       outdir=/tmp

       [ao.alsa]
       device=spdif

       EXAMPLE MENCODER PROFILE:

       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL OPTIONS
       -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
	      Override the standard search path and use the specified file in‐
	      stead of the builtin codecs.conf.

       -include <configuration file>
	      Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       -list-options
	      Prints all available options.

       -msgcharset <charset>
	      Convert console messages to the  specified  character  set  (de‐
	      fault: autodetect).  Text will be in the encoding specified with
	      the --charset configure option.  Set this to "noconv" to disable
	      conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
	      NOTE:  The  option  takes	 effect after command line parsing has
	      finished.	 The MPLAYER_CHARSET environment variable can help you
	      get rid of the first lines of garbled output.

       -msgcolor
	      Enable  colorful	console	 output on terminals that support ANSI
	      color.

       -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
	      Control verbosity directly for each module.   The	 'all'	module
	      changes  the  verbosity of all the modules not explicitly speci‐
	      fied on the command line.	 See '-msglevel help' for  a  list  of
	      all modules.
	      NOTE:  Some  messages  are  printed  before  the command line is
	      parsed and are therefore not affected by -msglevel.  To  control
	      these  messages  you have to use the MPLAYER_VERBOSE environment
	      variable, see its description below for details.
	      Available levels:
		 -1   complete silence
		  0   fatal messages only
		  1   error messages
		  2   warning messages
		  3   short hints
		  4   informational messages
		  5   status messages (default)
		  6   verbose messages
		  7   debug level 2
		  8   debug level 3
		  9   debug level 4

       -msgmodule
	      Prepend module name in front of each console message.

       -noconfig <options>
	      Do not parse selected configuration files.
	      NOTE: If -include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified  at
	      the command line, they will be honoured.

	      Available options are:
		 all
		      all configuration files
		 gui (GUI only)
		      GUI configuration file
		 system
		      system configuration file
		 user
		      user configuration file

       -quiet
	      Make  console  output  less verbose; in particular, prevents the
	      status line (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:	0.068 ...) from	 being
	      displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones
	      which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       -priority <prio> (Windows only)
	      Set process priority for MPlayer	according  to  the  predefined
	      priorities available under Windows.  Possible values of <prio>:
		 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

	      WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       -profile <profile1,profile2,...>
	      Use  the	given profile(s), -profile help displays a list of the
	      defined profiles.

       -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
	      Display even less output and status messages than	 with  -quiet.
	      Also suppresses the GUI error message boxes.

       -show-profile <profile>
	      Show the description and content of a profile.

       -use-filedir-conf
	      Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same directo‐
	      ry as the file that is being played.
	      WARNING: May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       -v
	      Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v	found  on  the
	      command line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -autoq <quality> (use with -vf [s]pp)
	      Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending on the
	      available spare CPU time.	 The number you specify	 will  be  the
	      maximum  level  used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You
	      have to use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order	 for  this  to
	      work.

       -autosync <factor>
	      Gradually	 adjusts  the  A/V  sync based on audio delay measure‐
	      ments.  Specifying -autosync 0, the default,  will  cause	 frame
	      timing to be based entirely on audio delay measurements.	Speci‐
	      fying -autosync 1 will do the same, but will subtly  change  the
	      A/V  correction algorithm.  An uneven video framerate in a movie
	      which plays fine with -nosound can often be  helped  by  setting
	      this  to an integer value greater than 1.	 The higher the value,
	      the closer the timing will be to -nosound.  Try -autosync 30  to
	      smooth  out problems with sound drivers which do not implement a
	      perfect audio delay measurement.	With this value, if large  A/V
	      sync  offsets occur, they will only take about 1 or 2 seconds to
	      settle out.  This delay in reaction time to sudden  A/V  offsets
	      should  be  the  only side-effect of turning this option on, for
	      all sound drivers.

       -benchmark
	      Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped  frames  at  the
	      end  of playback.	 Use in combination with -nosound and -vo null
	      for benchmarking only the video codec.
	      NOTE: With this option MPlayer will also ignore  frame  duration
	      when playing only video (you can think of that as infinite fps).

       -colorkey <number>
	      Changes  the  colorkey to an RGB value of your choice.  0x000000
	      is black and 0xffffff is white.  Only supported by  the  cvidix,
	      fbdev,  svga,  vesa,  winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo
	      xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -nocolorkey
	      Disables colorkeying.  Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev,  sv‐
	      ga,  vesa,  winvidix,  xmga,  xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo xv:ck),
	      xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
	      Switches MPlayer to an experimental mode	where  timestamps  for
	      video  frames are calculated differently and video filters which
	      add new frames or modify timestamps of existing  ones  are  sup‐
	      ported.  The more accurate timestamps can be visible for example
	      when playing subtitles timed to scene changes with the -ass  op‐
	      tion.   Without  -correct-pts the subtitle timing will typically
	      be off by some frames.  This option does not work correctly with
	      some demuxers and codecs.

       -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
	      Automatically  attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support must
	      be compiled in by configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

       -doubleclick-time
	      Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses
	      as  a double-click (default: 300).  Set to 0 to let your window‐
	      ing system decide what a double-click is (-vo directx only).
	      NOTE: You will get slightly  different  behaviour	 depending  on
	      whether you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

       -edlout <filename>
	      Creates  a  new file and writes edit decision list (EDL) records
	      to it.  During playback, the user hits 'i' to mark the start  or
	      end  of a skip block.  This provides a starting point from which
	      the user can fine-tune EDL entries later.	 See http://www.mplay‐
	      erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details.

       -enqueue (GUI only)
	      Enqueue  files given on the command line in the playlist instead
	      of playing them immediately.

       -fixed-vo
	      Enforces a fixed video system for multiple files	(one  (un)ini‐
	      tialization  for	all files).  Therefore only one window will be
	      opened for all  files.   Currently  the  following  drivers  are
	      fixed-vo	compliant:  gl,	 gl2, mga, svga, x11, xmga, xv, xvidix
	      and dfbmga.

       -framedrop  (also  see  -hardframedrop,	experimental  without  -nocor‐
       rect-pts)
	      Skip  displaying	some  frames to maintain A/V sync on slow sys‐
	      tems.  Video filters are not applied to  such  frames.   For  B-
	      frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       -(no)gui
	      Enable  or  disable the GUI interface (default depends on binary
	      name).  Only works as the first argument on  the	command	 line.
	      Does not work as a config-file option.

       -h, -help, --help
	      Show short summary of options.

       -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
	      More  intense  frame dropping (breaks decoding).	Leads to image
	      distortion!  Note that especially the libmpeg2 decoder may crash
	      with this, so consider using "-vc ffmpeg12,".

       -heartbeat-cmd
	      Command  that  is	 executed every 30 seconds during playback via
	      system() - i.e. using the shell.

	      NOTE: MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your
	      responsibility  to  ensure  it  does not cause security problems
	      (e.g. make sure to use full paths if "." is in your path like on
	      Windows).

	      This  can	 be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not sup‐
	      port the proper X API.  If you think this	 is  too  complicated,
	      ask  the author of the screensaver program to support the proper
	      X APIs.

	      EXAMPLE  for  xscreensaver:  mplayer  -heartbeat-cmd   "xscreen‐
	      saver-command -deactivate" file

	      EXAMPLE	 for   GNOME   screensaver:   mplayer	-heartbeat-cmd
	      "gnome-screensaver-command -p" file

       -identify
	      Shorthand for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in  an
	      easily  parseable format.	 Also prints more detailed information
	      about subtitle and audio track languages and IDs.	 In some cases
	      you can get more information by using -msglevel identify=6.  For
	      example, for a DVD it will list the chapters and time length  of
	      each  title,  as well as a disk ID.  Combine this with -frames 0
	      to suppress all output.  The wrapper  script  TOOLS/midentify.sh
	      suppresses the other MPlayer output and (hopefully) shellescapes
	      the filenames.

       -idle (also see -slave)
	      Makes MPlayer wait idly instead of quitting  when	 there	is  no
	      file  to play.  Mostly useful in slave mode where MPlayer can be
	      controlled through input commands.

       -input <commands>
	      This option can be used to configure certain parts of the	 input
	      system.  Paths are relative to ~/.mplayer/.
	      NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

	      Available commands are:

		 conf=<filename>
		      Specify  input configuration file other than the default
		      ~/.mplayer/input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed
		      if no full path is given.
		 ar-dev=<device>
		      Device  to  be  used for Apple IR Remote (default is au‐
		      todetected, Linux only).
		 ar-delay
		      Delay in milliseconds before we start  to	 autorepeat  a
		      key (0 to disable).
		 ar-rate
		      Number  of key presses to generate per second on autore‐
		      peat.
		 keylist
		      Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
		 cmdlist
		      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
		 js-dev
		      Specifies the joystick device to use (default:  /dev/in‐
		      put/js0).
		 file=<filename>
		      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful with a
		      FIFO.
		      NOTE: When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer  opens  both
		      ends  so	you  can do several 'echo "seek 10" > mp_pipe'
		      and the pipe will stay valid.

       -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
	      Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key  events  (default:
	      7).   A  FIFO  of	 size n can buffer (n-1) events.  If it is too
	      small some events may be lost (leading to "stuck mouse  buttons"
	      and  similar  effects).	If  it is too big, MPlayer may seem to
	      hang while it processes the buffered events.  To	get  the  same
	      behavior	as  before this option was introduced, set it to 2 for
	      Linux or 1024 for Windows.

       -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
	      Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

       -list-properties
	      Print a list of the available properties.

       -loop <number>
	      Loops movie playback <number> times.  0 means forever.

       -menu (OSD menu only)
	      Turn on OSD menu support.

       -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
	      Use an alternative menu.conf.

       -menu-chroot <path> (OSD menu only)
	      Chroot the file selection menu to a specific location.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -menu-chroot /home
		      Will restrict the file selection menu to /home and down‐
		      ward  (i.e.  no  access  to  /  will  be	possible,  but
		      /home/user_name will).

       -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
	      File browser starts from the last known location instead of cur‐
	      rent directory.

       -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
	      Specify the main menu.

       -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
	      Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       -mouse-movements
	      Permit  MPlayer  to receive pointer events reported by the video
	      output driver (currently only derivatives of X11 are supported).
	      Necessary to select the buttons in DVD menus.

       -noar  Turns off AppleIR remote support.

       -noconsolecontrols
	      Prevent  MPlayer	from  reading  key events from standard input.
	      Useful when reading data from standard input.  This is automati‐
	      cally  enabled  when  - is found on the command line.  There are
	      situations where you have to set it manually, e.g. if  you  open
	      /dev/stdin  (or  the  equivalent on your system), use stdin in a
	      playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via the  loadfile
	      or loadlist slave commands.

       -nojoystick
	      Turns off joystick support.

       -nolirc
	      Turns off LIRC support.

       -nomouseinput
	      Disable  mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's context
	      menu relies on this option).

       -rtc (RTC only)
	      Turns on usage of the Linux RTC (realtime clock -	 /dev/rtc)  as
	      timing  mechanism.   This wakes up the process every 1/1024 sec‐
	      onds to check the current time.  Useless with modern Linux  ker‐
	      nels  configured	for  desktop  use  as they already wake up the
	      process with similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

       -playing-msg <string>
	      Print out a string before starting playback.  The following  ex‐
	      pansions are supported:

		 ${NAME}
		      Expand to the value of the property NAME.

		 ?(NAME:TEXT)
		      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

		 ?(!NAME:TEXT)
		      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is not available.

       -playlist <filename>
	      Play  files  according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or
	      one-file-per-line format).
	      NOTE: This option is considered an entry so options found	 after
	      it will apply only to the elements of this playlist.
	      FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

       -rtc-device <device>
	      Use the specified device for RTC timing.

       -shuffle
	      Play files in random order.

       -skin <name> (GUI only)
	      Loads a skin from the directory given as parameter below the de‐
	      fault  skin   directories,   /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/ and
	      ~/.mplayer/skins/.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -skin fittyfene
		      Tries  /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene  and af‐
		      terwards ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

       -slave (also see -input)
	      Switches on slave mode, in which MPlayer works as a backend  for
	      other programs.  Instead of intercepting keyboard events, MPlay‐
	      er will read commands separated by a newline (\n) from stdin.
	      NOTE: See -input cmdlist	for  a	list  of  slave	 commands  and
	      DOCS/tech/slave.txt for their description.

       -softsleep
	      Time  frames  by repeatedly checking the current time instead of
	      asking the kernel to wake up MPlayer at the correct time.	  Use‐
	      ful  if  your  kernel timing is imprecise and you cannot use the
	      RTC either.  Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

       -sstep <sec>
	      Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.  The normal	 framerate  of
	      the  movie  is  kept, so playback is accelerated.	 Since MPlayer
	      can only seek to the next keyframe this may be inexact.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS
       -a52drc <level>
	      Select the  Dynamic  Range  Compression  level  for  AC-3	 audio
	      streams.	 <level> is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0
	      means no compression and 1 (which is  the	 default)  means  full
	      compression  (make  loud	passages  more silent and vice versa).
	      This option only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains the
	      required range compression information.

       -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
	      Select  audio channel (MPEG: 0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM: 0-127,
	      VOB(AC-3):  128-159,  VOB(LPCM):	160-191,   MPEG-TS   17-8190).
	      MPlayer  prints the available audio IDs when run in verbose (-v)
	      mode.  When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use
	      the first program (if present) with the chosen audio stream.

       -alang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -aid)
	      Specify  a  priority  list of audio languages to use.  Different
	      container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
	      639-1  two  letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use
	      ISO 639-2 three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
	      identifier.   MPlayer prints the available languages when run in
	      verbose (-v) mode.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
		      Chooses the Hungarian language track on a DVD and	 falls
		      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
		 mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
		      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       -audio-demuxer <[+]name> (-audiofile only)
	      Force  audio  demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a '+' before the
	      name to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the  demuxer
	      name  as	printed by -audio-demuxer help.	 For backward compati‐
	      bility it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in  libmpdemux/
	      demuxer.h.   -audio-demuxer  audio  or  -audio-demuxer 17 forces
	      MP3.

       -audiofile <filename>
	      Play audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis)	 while
	      viewing a movie.

       -audiofile-cache <kBytes>
	      Enables  caching	for  the  stream used by -audiofile, using the
	      specified amount of memory.

       -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
	      Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as soon as it is
	      closed.

       -bandwidth <value> (network only)
	      Specify the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers
	      that are able to send content in different bitrates).  Useful if
	      you  want to watch live streamed media behind a slow connection.
	      With Real RTSP streaming, it is also used to set the maximum de‐
	      livery  bandwidth allowing faster cache filling and stream dump‐
	      ing.

       -cache <kBytes>
	      This option specifies how much memory (in kBytes)	 to  use  when
	      precaching a file or URL.	 Especially useful on slow media.

       -nocache
	      Turns off caching.

       -cache-min <percentage>
	      Playback	will  start when the cache has been filled up to <per‐
	      centage> of the total.

       -cache-seek-min <percentage>
	      If a seek is to be made to a position within <percentage> of the
	      cache  size from the current position, MPlayer will wait for the
	      cache to be filled to this position  rather  than	 performing  a
	      stream seek (default: 50).

       -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
	      This  option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of
	      MPlayer.

	      Available options are:

		 speed=<value>
		      Set CD spin speed.

		 paranoia=<0-2>
		      Set paranoia level.  Values other than 0 seem  to	 break
		      playback of anything but the first track.
			 0: disable checking (default)
			 1: overlap checking only
			 2: full data correction and verification

		 generic-dev=<value>
		      Use specified generic SCSI device.

		 sector-size=<value>
		      Set atomic read size.

		 overlap=<value>
		      Force  minimum  overlap  search  during  verification to
		      <value> sectors.

		 toc-bias
		      Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as  reported
		      in  the  TOC  will  be addressed as LBA 0.  Some Toshiba
		      drives need this for getting track boundaries correct.

		 toc-offset=<value>
		      Add <value> sectors to the values reported when address‐
		      ing tracks.  May be negative.

		 (no)skip
		      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       -cdrom-device <path to device>
	      Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

       -channels <number> (also see -af channels)
	      Request  the  number of playback channels (default: 2).  MPlayer
	      asks the decoder to decode the audio into as  many  channels  as
	      specified.  Then it is up to the decoder to fulfill the require‐
	      ment.  This is usually only important when playing  videos  with
	      AC-3  audio  (like DVDs).	 In that case liba52 does the decoding
	      by default and correctly downmixes the audio into the  requested
	      number  of  channels.   To directly control the number of output
	      channels independently of how many channels are decoded, use the
	      channels filter.
	      NOTE:  This  option  is  honored	by codecs (AC-3 only), filters
	      (surround) and audio output drivers (OSS at least).

	      Available options are:

		 2    stereo
		 4    surround
		 6    full 5.1

       -chapter <chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>] (dvd:// and dvdnav:// only)
	      Specify which chapter to start playing at.   Optionally  specify
	      which chapter to end playing at (default: 1).

       -cookies (network only)
	      Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

       -cookies-file <filename> (network only)
	      Read  HTTP  cookies  from	 <filename>  (default: ~/.mozilla/ and
	      ~/.netscape/) and skip reading from default locations.  The file
	      is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       -delay <sec>
	      audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
	      Negative	values	delay the audio, and positive values delay the
	      video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of the -audio-delay
	      MEncoder option.
	      NOTE:  When  used	 with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed to work
	      correctly with -ovc copy; use -audio-delay instead.

       -ignore-start
	      Ignore the specified starting time for streams in AVI files.  In
	      MPlayer,	this nullifies stream delays in files encoded with the
	      -audio-delay option.  During encoding, this option prevents MEn‐
	      coder  from  transferring original stream start times to the new
	      file; the -audio-delay option is not affected.  Note  that  MEn‐
	      coder  sometimes	adjusts stream starting times automatically to
	      compensate for anticipated decoding delays, so do not  use  this
	      option for encoding without testing it first.

       -demuxer <[+]name>
	      Force demuxer type.  Use a '+' before the name to force it, this
	      will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -de‐
	      muxer  help.  For backward compatibility it also accepts the de‐
	      muxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

       -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
	      Dumps raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful  with
	      MPEG/AC-3,  in  most  other cases the resulting file will not be
	      playable).  If you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
	      -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
	      Specify  which  file MPlayer should dump to.  Should be used to‐
	      gether with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream.

       -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
	      Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from
	      DVD  or  network.	  If  you  give	 more  than one of -dumpaudio,
	      -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on the command line only	the  last  one
	      will work.

       -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
	      Dump  raw compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very us‐
	      able).  If you give more than  one  of  -dumpaudio,  -dumpvideo,
	      -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dvbin <options> (DVB only)
	      Pass  the following parameters to the DVB input module, in order
	      to override the default ones:

		 card=<1-4>
		      Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
		 file=<filename>
		      Instructs MPlayer to read the channels list from	<file‐
		      name>.	     Default	    is	      ~/.mplayer/chan‐
		      nels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on your  card	 type)
		      or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.
		 timeout=<1-30>
		      Maximum  number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a
		      frequency before giving up (default: 30).

       -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
	      Specify the DVD device or	 .iso  filename	 (default:  /dev/dvd).
	      You  can also specify a directory that contains files previously
	      copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

       -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
	      Try to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change).  DVD base	 speed
	      is  about	 1350KB/s,  so	a  8x  drive  can read at speeds up to
	      10800KB/s.  Slower speeds make the drive more quiet, for	watch‐
	      ing  DVDs 2700KB/s should be quiet and fast enough.  MPlayer re‐
	      sets the speed to the drive default value on close.  Values less
	      than  100	 mean multiples of 1350KB/s, i.e. -dvd-speed 8 selects
	      10800KB/s.
	      NOTE: You need write access to the  DVD  device  to  change  the
	      speed.

       -dvdangle <angle ID> (DVD only)
	      Some  DVD	 discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple
	      angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default:
	      1).

       -edl <filename>
	      Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback.	 Video
	      will be skipped over and audio will be muted and unmuted accord‐
	      ing  to  the entries in the given file.  See http://www.mplayer‐
	      hq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how to use this.

       -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
	      Stop at given time or byte position.
	      NOTE: Byte position is enabled only for MEncoder and will not be
	      accurate, as it can only stop at a frame boundary.  When used in
	      conjunction with -ss option, -endpos time will shift forward  by
	      seconds specified with -ss.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -endpos 56
		      Stop at 56 seconds.
		 -endpos 01:10:00
		      Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
		 -ss 10 -endpos 56
		      Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
		 -endpos 100mb
		      Encode only 100 MB.

       -forceidx
	      Force index rebuilding.  Useful for files with broken index (A/V
	      desync, etc).  This will enable seeking in files	where  seeking
	      was  not	possible.  You can fix the index permanently with MEn‐
	      coder (see the documentation).
	      NOTE: This option only works if the  underlying  media  supports
	      seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -fps <float value>
	      Override video framerate.	 Useful if the original value is wrong
	      or missing.

       -frames <number>
	      Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

       -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
	      Hi-res MP3 seeking.  Enabled when playing from an	 external  MP3
	      file,  as we need to seek to the very exact position to keep A/V
	      sync.  Can be slow especially when seeking  backwards  since  it
	      has to rewind to the beginning to find an exact frame position.

       -idx (also see -forceidx)
	      Rebuilds index of files if no index was found, allowing seeking.
	      Useful with broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files.
	      NOTE: This option only works if the  underlying  media  supports
	      seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -noidx Skip  rebuilding	index  file.  MEncoder skips writing the index
	      with this option.

       -ipv4-only-proxy (network only)
	      Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still	 be  used  for
	      IPv4 connections.

       -loadidx <index file>
	      The  file	 from  which  to  read	the  video index data saved by
	      -saveidx.	 This index will be used for seeking,  overriding  any
	      index  data  contained in the AVI itself.	 MPlayer will not pre‐
	      vent you from loading an index file generated from  a  different
	      AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results.
	      NOTE:  This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML sup‐
	      port.

       -mc <seconds/frame>
	      maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)

       -mf <option1:option2:...>
	      Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

	      Available options are:

		 w=<value>
		      input file width (default: autodetect)
		 h=<value>
		      input file height (default: autodetect)
		 fps=<value>
		      output fps (default: 25)
		 type=<value>
		      input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

       -ni (AVI only)
	      Force usage of non-interleaved AVI  parser  (fixes  playback  of
	      some bad AVI files).

       -nobps (AVI only)
	      Do  not  use average byte/second value for A-V sync.  Helps with
	      some AVI files with broken header.

       -noextbased
	      Disables extension-based demuxer selection.   By	default,  when
	      the  file	 type  (demuxer) cannot be detected reliably (the file
	      has no header or it is not reliable enough), the filename exten‐
	      sion  is	used to select the demuxer.  Always falls back on con‐
	      tent-based demuxer selection.

       -passwd <password> (also see -user) (network only)
	      Specify password for HTTP authentication.

       -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
	      Use IPv4 on network connections.	Falls back on  IPv6  automati‐
	      cally.

       -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
	      Use  IPv6	 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv4 automati‐
	      cally.

       -psprobe <byte position>
	      When playing an MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams,  this  option  lets
	      you  specify  how	 many  bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to
	      scan in order to identify the video codec used.  This option  is
	      needed to play EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.

       -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
	      This option tunes various encoding properties of the PVR capture
	      module.  It has to be used with any hardware MPEG encoder	 based
	      card   supported	by  the	 V4L2  driver.	 The  Hauppauge	 WinTV
	      PVR-150/250/350/500 and all IVTV based cards are	known  as  PVR
	      capture cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel and above
	      is able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.	 For  hardware
	      capture of an MPEG stream and watching it with MPlayer/MEncoder,
	      use 'pvr://' as a movie URL.

	      Available options are:

		 aspect=<0-3>
		      Specify input aspect ratio:
			 0: 1:1
			 1: 4:3 (default)
			 2: 16:9
			 3: 2.21:1

		 arate=<32000-48000>
		      Specify encoding audio rate (default: 48000  Hz,	avail‐
		      able: 32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

		 alayer=<1-3>
		      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

		 abitrate=<32-448>
		      Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

		 amode=<value>
		      Specify  audio  encoding	mode.  Available preset values
		      are 'stereo', 'joint_stereo',  'dual'  and  'mono'  (de‐
		      fault: stereo).

		 vbitrate=<value>
		      Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default:
		      6).

		 vmode=<value>
		      Specify video encoding mode:
			 vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
			 cbr: Constant BitRate

		 vpeak=<value>
		      Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful
		      for VBR encoding, default: 9.6).

		 fmt=<value>
		      Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
			 ps:	MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
			 ts:	MPEG-2 Transport Stream
			 mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
			 vcd:	Video CD compatible stream
			 svcd:	Super Video CD compatible stream
			 dvd:	DVD compatible stream

       -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
	      These  options  set various parameters of the radio capture mod‐
	      ule.  For listening to radio with MPlayer use 'radio://<frequen‐
	      cy>' (if channels option is not given) or 'radio://<channel_num‐
	      ber>' (if channels option is given) as a movie URL.  You can see
	      allowed  frequency range by running MPlayer with '-v'.  To start
	      the grabbing subsystem, use 'radio://<frequency or channel>/cap‐
	      ture'.   If  the	capture keyword is not given you can listen to
	      radio using the line-in cable only.  Using capture to listen  is
	      not  recommended	due  to	 synchronization problems, which makes
	      this process uncomfortable.

	      Available options are:

		 device=<value>
		      Radio device to use (default: /dev/radio0 for Linux  and
		      /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).

		 driver=<value>
		      Radio  driver to use (default: v4l2 if available, other‐
		      wise v4l).  Currently, v4l and v4l2 drivers are support‐
		      ed.

		 volume=<0..100>
		      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

		 freq_min=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
		      minimum allowed frequency (default: 87.50)

		 freq_max=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
		      maximum allowed frequency (default: 108.00)

		 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
		      Set  channel  list.   Use _ for spaces in names (or play
		      with quoting ;-).	 The channel names will then be	 writ‐
		      ten  using OSD and the slave commands radio_step_channel
		      and radio_set_channel will be usable for a  remote  con‐
		      trol  (see LIRC).	 If given, number in movie URL will be
		      treated as channel position in channel list.
		      EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

		 adevice=<value> (radio capture only)
		      Name of device to capture sound from.   Without  such  a
		      name  capture will be disabled, even if the capture key‐
		      word appears in the URL.	For ALSA devices use it in the
		      form  hw=<card>.<device>.	 If the device name contains a
		      '=', the module will use ALSA to capture, otherwise OSS.

		 arate=<value> (radio capture only)
		      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
		      NOTE:  When  using  audio	 capture  set  also  -rawaudio
		      rate=<value>  option  with  the same value as arate.  If
		      you have problems with sound speed (runs	too  quickly),
		      try   to	 play	with   different   rate	 values	 (e.g.
		      48000,44100,32000,...).

		 achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
		      Number of audio channels to capture.

       -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
	      This option lets you play raw audio files.  You have to use -de‐
	      muxer  rawaudio  as well.	 It may also be used to play audio CDs
	      which are not 44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC-3 streams
	      use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

	      Available options are:

		 channels=<value>
		      number of channels
		 rate=<value>
		      rate in samples per second
		 samplesize=<value>
		      sample size in bytes
		 bitrate=<value>
		      bitrate for rawaudio files
		 format=<value>
		      fourcc in hex

       -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
	      This option lets you play raw video files.  You have to use -de‐
	      muxer rawvideo as well.

	      Available options are:

		 fps=<value>
		      rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
		 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
		      set standard image size
		 w=<value>
		      image width in pixels
		 h=<value>
		      image height in pixels
		 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
		      set colorspace
		 format=<value>
		      colorspace (fourcc) in  hex  or  string  constant.   Use
		      -rawvideo format=help for a list of possible strings.
		 size=<value>
		      frame size in Bytes

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
		      Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
		 mplayer   sample-720x576.yuv	-demuxer   rawvideo  -rawvideo
		 w=720:h=576
		      Play a raw YUV sample.

       -rtsp-port
	      Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to  force  the  client's	 port  number.
	      This option may be useful if you are behind a router and want to
	      forward the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

       -rtsp-destination
	      Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to force the destination IP address  to
	      be bound.	 This option may be useful with some RTSP server which
	      do not send RTP packets to the right interface.  If the  connec‐
	      tion  to	the  RTSP server fails, use -v to see which IP address
	      MPlayer tries to bind to and try to force it to one assigned  to
	      your computer instead.

       -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
	      Used  with 'rtsp://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming
	      RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over TCP (using	the  same  TCP
	      connection  as  RTSP).   This option may be useful if you have a
	      broken internet connection that does not pass incoming UDP pack‐
	      ets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       -saveidx <filename>
	      Force  index  rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>.  Cur‐
	      rently this only works with AVI files.
	      NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML  sup‐
	      port.

       -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
	      Seek  to	byte position.	Useful for playback from CD-ROM images
	      or VOB files with junk at the beginning.

       -speed <0.01-100>
	      Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.
	      Not guaranteed to work correctly with -oac copy.

       -srate <Hz>
	      Selects the output sample rate to be used (of course sound cards
	      have limits on this).  If the sample frequency selected is  dif‐
	      ferent  from  that of the current media, the resample or lavcre‐
	      sample audio filter will be inserted into the audio filter layer
	      to compensate for the difference.	 The type of resampling can be
	      controlled by the -af-adv option.	 The default  is  fast	resam‐
	      pling that may cause distortion.

       -ss <time> (also see -sb)
	      Seek to given time position.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ss 56
		      Seeks to 56 seconds.
		 -ss 01:10:00
		      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       -tskeepbroken
	      Tells  MPlayer  not  to discard TS packets reported as broken in
	      the stream.  Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       -tsprobe <byte position>
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how
	      many  bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to search for the de‐
	      sired audio and video IDs.

       -tsprog <1-65534>
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option
	      which  program  (if present) you want to play.  Can be used with
	      -vid and -aid.

       -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
	      This option tunes various properties of the TV  capture  module.
	      For watching TV with MPlayer, use 'tv://' or 'tv://<channel_num‐
	      ber>' or even  'tv://<channel_name>  (see	 option	 channels  for
	      channel_name   below)   as  a  movie  URL.   You	can  also  use
	      'tv:///<input_id>' to start watching a movie from a composite or
	      S-Video input (see option input for details).

	      Available options are:

		 noaudio
		      no sound

		 automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
		      If  signal strength reported by device is less than this
		      value, audio and video will be muted.  In most cases au‐
		      tomute=100  will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute dis‐
		      abled).

		 driver=<value>
		      See -tv driver=help for a list of compiled-in  TV	 input
		      drivers.	 available:  dummy,  v4l,  v4l2, bsdbt848 (de‐
		      fault: autodetect)

		 device=<value>
		      Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).	 NOTE: For the
		      bsdbt848	driver you can provide both bktr and tuner de‐
		      vice names separating them with a comma, tuner after bk‐
		      tr (e.g. -tv device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

		 input=<value>
		      Specify  input  (default: 0 (TV), see console output for
		      available inputs).

		 freq=<value>
		      Specify  the  frequency  to  set	the  tuner  to	 (e.g.
		      511.250).	 Not compatible with the channels parameter.

		 outfmt=<value>
		      Specify  the  output  format  of the tuner with a preset
		      value supported by the V4L driver (yv12,	rgb32,	rgb24,
		      rgb16,  rgb15,  uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an arbitrary format
		      given as hex value.  Try outfmt=help for a list  of  all
		      available formats.

		 width=<value>
		      output window width

		 height=<value>
		      output window height

		 fps=<value>
		      framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

		 buffersize=<value>
		      maximum  size  of	 the  capture buffer in megabytes (de‐
		      fault: dynamical)

		 norm=<value>
		      For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL, SECAM,	 NTSC  are  available.
		      For  v4l2,  see  the  console  output  for a list of all
		      available norms, also see the normid option below.

		 normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
		      Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID.	 The  TV  norm
		      depends on the capture card.  See the console output for
		      a list of available TV norms.

		 channel=<value>
		      Set tuner to <value> channel.

		 chanlist=<value>
		      available: europe-east, europe-west, us-bcast, us-cable,
		      etc

		 channels=<channel>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan‐
		 nel>-<name>[=<norm>],...
		      Set names for channels.  NOTE: If <channel> is an	 inte‐
		      ger  greater  than 1000, it will be treated as frequency
		      (in kHz) rather than channel name from frequency table.
		      Use _ for spaces in names (or  play  with	 quoting  ;-).
		      The  channel  names  will then be written using OSD, and
		      the slave commands tv_step_channel,  tv_set_channel  and
		      tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control (see
		      LIRC).  Not compatible with the frequency parameter.
		      NOTE: The channel number will then be  the  position  in
		      the 'channels' list, beginning with 1.
		      EXAMPLE:	  tv://1,    tv://TV1,	  tv_set_channel    1,
		      tv_set_channel TV1

		 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
		      Set the image equalizer on the card.

		 audiorate=<value>
		      Set audio capture bitrate.

		 forceaudio
		      Capture audio even if there are no audio sources report‐
		      ed by v4l.

		 alsa
		      Capture from ALSA.

		 amode=<0-3>
		      Choose an audio mode:
			 0: mono
			 1: stereo
			 2: language 1
			 3: language 2

		 forcechan=<1-2>
		      By  default, the count of recorded audio channels is de‐
		      termined automatically by querying the audio  mode  from
		      the  TV  card.   This  option allows forcing stereo/mono
		      recording regardless of the amode option and the	values
		      returned	by  v4l.  This can be used for troubleshooting
		      when the TV card is unable to report the	current	 audio
		      mode.

		 adevice=<value>
		      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS
		      and a hardware ID for ALSA.  You must replace any ':' by
		      a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

		 audioid=<value>
		      Choose  an  audio	 output of the capture card, if it has
		      more than one.

		 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

		 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
		      These options set parameters of the mixer on  the	 video
		      capture  card.   They  will have no effect, if your card
		      does not have one.  For v4l2 50 maps to the default val‐
		      ue of the control, as reported by the driver.

		 gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
		      Set  gain control for video devices (usually webcams) to
		      the desired value and switch off automatic  control.   A
		      value of 0 enables automatic control.  If this option is
		      omitted, gain control will not be modified.

		 immediatemode=<bool>
		      A value of 0 means capture and buffer  audio  and	 video
		      together	(default for MEncoder).	 A value of 1 (default
		      for MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let  the
		      audio  go	 through  a loopback cable from the TV card to
		      the sound card.

		 mjpeg
		      Use hardware MJPEG compression  (if  the	card  supports
		      it).  When using this option, you do not need to specify
		      the width and  height  of	 the  output  window,  because
		      MPlayer will determine it automatically from the decima‐
		      tion value (see below).

		 decimation=<1|2|4>
		      choose the size of the picture that will	be  compressed
		      by hardware MJPEG compression:
			 1: full size
			     704x576	PAL
			     704x480	NTSC
			 2: medium size
			     352x288	PAL
			     352x240	NTSC
			 4: small size
			     176x144	PAL
			     176x120	NTSC

		 quality=<0-100>
		      Choose  the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60 recom‐
		      mended for full size).

		 tdevice=<value>
		      Specify TV teletext  device  (example:  /dev/vbi0)  (de‐
		      fault: none).

		 tformat=<format>
		      Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
			 0: opaque
			 1: transparent
			 2: opaque with inverted colors
			 3: transparent with inverted colors

		 tpage=<100-899>
		      Specify initial TV teletext page number (default: 100).

		 tlang=<-1-127>
		      Specify  default	teletext  language  code (default: 0),
		      which will be used as primary language until a  type  28
		      packet is received.  Useful when the teletext system us‐
		      es a non-latin character set, but language codes are not
		      transmitted  via	teletext type 28 packets for some rea‐
		      son.  To see a list of supported language codes set this
		      option to -1.

		 hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
		      Terminate	 stream	 with  video  renderer instead of Null
		      renderer (default: off).	Will help if video freezes but
		      audio does not.  NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and
		      -vf crop combination.

		 hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
		      Terminate VideoPort pin stream with video	 renderer  in‐
		      stead  of	 removing  it  from  the graph (default: off).
		      Useful if your card has a VideoPort  pin	and  video  is
		      choppy.	NOTE:  May  not	 work with -vo directx and -vf
		      crop combination.

		 system_clock (dshow only)
		      Use the system clock as sync source instead of  the  de‐
		      fault  graph  clock  (usually  the clock from one of the
		      live sources in graph).

		 normalize_audio_chunks (dshow only)
		      Create audio chunks with a time length  equal  to	 video
		      frame time length (default: off).	 Some audio cards cre‐
		      ate audio chunks about 0.5s in size, resulting in choppy
		      video when using immediatemode=0.

       -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
	      Tune  the TV channel scanner.  MPlayer will also print value for
	      "-tv channels=" option, including existing and just found	 chan‐
	      nels.

	      Available suboptions are:

		 autostart
		      Begin  channel  scanning	immediately after startup (de‐
		      fault: disabled).

		 period=<0.1-2.0>
		      Specify delay in seconds before switching to next	 chan‐
		      nel  (default:  0.5).   Lower  values  will cause faster
		      scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

		 threshold=<1-100>
		      Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as
		      reported by the device (default: 50).  A signal strength
		      higher than this value will indicate that the  currently
		      scanning channel is active.

       -user <username> (also see -passwd) (network only)
	      Specify username for HTTP authentication.

       -user-agent <string>
	      Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       -vid <ID>
	      Select  video channel (MPG: 0-15, ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS: 17-8190).
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder	will  use  the
	      first program (if present) with the chosen video stream.

       -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG CODE)
	      Force  audio parameters for the VIVO demuxer (for debugging pur‐
	      poses).  FIXME: Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS
       NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

       -ass (FreeType only)
	      Turn on SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.  With	 this  option,	libass
	      will be used for SSA/ASS external subtitles and Matroska tracks.
	      You may also want to use -embeddedfonts.
	      NOTE: When fontconfig is compiled-in, -ass turns on  -fontconfig
	      unless explicitly turned off with -nofontconfig.

       -ass-border-color <value>
	      Sets  the	 border (outline) color for text subtitles.  The color
	      format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-bottom-margin <value>
	      Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS  ren‐
	      derer can place subtitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-color <value>
	      Sets  the	 color for text subtitles.  The color format is RRGGB‐
	      BAA.

       -ass-font-scale <value>
	      Set the scale coefficient to be used for fonts  in  the  SSA/ASS
	      renderer.

       -ass-force-style <[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
	      Override some style or script info parameters.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
		 -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

       -ass-hinting <type>
	      Set hinting type.	 <type> can be:
		 0    no hinting
		 1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
		 2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
		 3    font native hinter
		 0-3 + 4
		      The  same, but hinting will only be performed if the OSD
		      is rendered at screen resolution and will therefore  not
		      be scaled.
		 The  default  value  is 7 (use native hinter for unscaled OSD
		 and no hinting otherwise).

       -ass-line-spacing <value>
	      Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-styles <filename>
	      Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them
	      for rendering text subtitles.  The syntax of the file is exactly
	      like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

       -ass-top-margin <value>
	      Adds a black band at the top of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer
	      can place toptitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-use-margins
	      Enables  placing	toptitles  and subtitles in black borders when
	      they are available.

       -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the  time-based  JACOsub	subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.js
	      file in the current directory.

       -dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the MicroDVD subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the
	      current directory.

       -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      MPlayer's	 subtitle format, MPsub.  Creates a dump.mpsub file in
	      the current directory.

       -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the time-based SAMI subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file
	      in the current directory.

       -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the time-based SubViewer (SRT) subtitle format.  Creates a dump‐
	      sub.srt file in the current directory.
	      NOTE: Some broken hardware players choke on SRT  subtitle	 files
	      with  Unix line endings.	If you are unlucky enough to have such
	      a box, pass your subtitle files through unix2dos	or  a  similar
	      program  to replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows line end‐
	      ings.

       -dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
	      Dumps the subtitle substream from VOB  streams.	Also  see  the
	      -dump*sub and -vobsubout* options.

       -embeddedfonts (FreeType only)
	      Enables  extraction  of  Matroska	 embedded fonts (default: dis‐
	      abled).  These fonts can be used for SSA/ASS subtitle  rendering
	      (-ass  option).	Font files are created in the ~/.mplayer/fonts
	      directory.
	      NOTE: With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are	opened
	      directly from memory, and this option is enabled by default.

       -ffactor <number>
	      Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
		 0    plain white fonts
		 0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
		 1    narrow black outline
		 10   bold black outline

       -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
	      Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

       -noflip-hebrew-commas
	      Change  FriBiDi's	 assumptions about the placements of commas in
	      subtitles.  Use this if commas in subtitles  are	shown  at  the
	      start of a sentence instead of at the end.

       -font <path to font.desc file>
	      Search  for  the	OSD/SUB fonts in an alternative directory (de‐
	      fault for normal fonts: ~/.mplayer/font/font.desc,  default  for
	      FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf).
	      NOTE: With FreeType, this option determines the path to the text
	      font file.  With fontconfig, this option determines the fontcon‐
	      fig font name.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
		 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
		 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'

       -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
	      Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts.
	      NOTE:  -ass  automatically turns this on unless explicitly over‐
	      ridden with -nofontconfig.

       -forcedsubsonly
	      Display only forced subtitles for the DVD	 subtitle  stream  se‐
	      lected by e.g. -slang.

       -fribidi-charset <charset name> (FriBiDi only)
	      Specifies	 the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi when
	      decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

       -ifo <VOBsub IFO file>
	      Indicate the file that will be used to load  palette  and	 frame
	      size for VOBsub subtitles.

       -noautosub
	      Turns off automatic subtitle file loading.

       -osd-duration <time>
	      Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer only)
	      Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
		 0    subtitles only
		 1    volume + seek (default)
		 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
		 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       -overlapsub
	      Allows  the  next subtitle to be displayed while the current one
	      is still visible (default is to enable the support only for spe‐
	      cific formats).

       -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
	      Display  the  subtitle stream specified by <ID> (0-31).  MPlayer
	      prints the available subtitle IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.
	      If  you  cannot  select  one of the subtitles on a DVD, also try
	      -vobsubid.

       -slang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -sid)
	      Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use.  Different
	      container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
	      639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO  639-2	 three
	      letter  language	codes  while  OGM uses a free-form identifier.
	      MPlayer prints the available languages when run in verbose  (-v)
	      mode.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
		      Chooses  the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls
		      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
		 mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
		      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       -spuaa <mode>
	      Antialiasing/scaling mode for DVD/VOBsub.	 A value of 16 may  be
	      added to <mode> in order to force scaling even when original and
	      scaled frame size already match.	This can be employed  to  e.g.
	      smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
		 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
		 1    approximate (broken?)
		 2    full (slow)
		 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
		 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       -spualign <-1-2>
	      Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
		 -1   original position
		  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
		  1   Align at center.
		  2   Align at bottom.

       -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
	      Variance	parameter  of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.  Higher means
	      more blur (default: 1.0).

       -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
	      Use/display these subtitle files.	 Only one  file	 can  be  dis‐
	      played at the same time.

       -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
	      Specify  the  alpha  channel  value  for subtitles and OSD back‐
	      grounds.	Big values mean more transparency.  0 means completely
	      transparent.

       -sub-bg-color <0-255>
	      Specify the color value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.  Cur‐
	      rently subtitles are grayscale so this value  is	equivalent  to
	      the intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

       -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile only) (BETA CODE)
	      Force  subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a '+' before the
	      name to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the  demuxer
	      name as printed by -sub-demuxer help.  For backward compatibili‐
	      ty it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in subreader.h.

       -sub-fuzziness <mode>
	      Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles:
		 0    exact match
		 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
		 2    Load all subs in the current directory.

       -sub-no-text-pp
	      Disables any kind of text post processing done after loading the
	      subtitles.  Used for debug purposes.

       -subalign <0-2>
	      Specify  which  edge  of	the subtitles should be aligned at the
	      height given by -subpos.
		 0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
		 1    Align subtitle center.
		 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       -subcc
	      Display DVD Closed Caption (CC) subtitles.  These	 are  not  the
	      VOB subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the hearing
	      impaired encoded in the VOB userdata stream  on  most  region  1
	      DVDs.  CC subtitles have not been spotted on DVDs from other re‐
	      gions so far.

       -subcp <codepage> (iconv only)
	      If your system supports iconv(3), you can	 use  this  option  to
	      specify the subtitle codepage.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -subcp latin2
		 -subcp cp1250

       -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only)
	      You  can	specify your language using a two letter language code
	      to make ENCA detect the codepage automatically.  If unsure,  en‐
	      ter  anything  and  watch	 mplayer  -v output for available lan‐
	      guages.  Fallback codepage specifies the codepage to  use,  when
	      autodetection fails.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -subcp enca:cs:latin2
		      Guess  the  encoding,  assuming the subtitles are Czech,
		      fall back on latin 2, if the detection fails.
		 -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
		      Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.

       -subdelay <sec>
	      Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.  Can be negative.

       -subfile <filename> (BETA CODE)
	      Currently useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams
	      (OggDS?).

       -subfont <filename> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the subtitle font.  If no -subfont is given, -font is used.

       -subfont-autoscale <0-3> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the autoscale mode.
	      NOTE:  0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights in
	      points.

	      The mode can be:

		 0    no autoscale
		 1    proportional to movie height
		 2    proportional to movie width
		 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

       -subfont-encoding <value> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the font encoding.  When set to 'unicode', all  the	glyphs
	      from  the	 font  file  will be rendered and unicode will be used
	      (default: unicode).

       -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

       -subfont-outline <0-8> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

       -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient  as	percentage  of
	      the screen size (default: 5).

       -subfps <rate>
	      Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
	      NOTE: <rate> > movie fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based
	      subtitle files and slows them down for time-based ones.

       -subpos <0-100> (useful with -vf expand)
	      Specify the position of subtitles on the screen.	The  value  is
	      the vertical position of the subtitle in % of the screen height.

       -subwidth <10-100>
	      Specify  the  maximum  width of subtitles on the screen.	Useful
	      for TV-out.  The value is the width of the subtitle in % of  the
	      screen width.

       -noterm-osd
	      Disable the display of OSD messages on the console when no video
	      output is available.

       -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
	      Specify the escape sequence to use before writing an OSD message
	      on  the console.	The escape sequence should move the pointer to
	      the beginning of the line used for the OSD  and  clear  it  (de‐
	      fault: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       -unicode
	      Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode.

       -unrarexec <path to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
	      Specify  the  path to the unrar executable so MPlayer can use it
	      to access rar-compressed VOBsub files (default: not set, so  the
	      feature  is  off).  The path must include the executable's file‐
	      name, i.e. /usr/local/bin/unrar.

       -utf8
	      Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8.

       -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
	      Specify a VOBsub file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the  full
	      pathname	without	 extension, i.e. without the '.idx', '.ifo' or
	      '.sub'.

       -vobsubid <0-31>
	      Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
	      Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

       -format <format> (also see the format audio filter)
	      Select the sample format used for output from the	 audio	filter
	      layer to the sound card.	The values that <format> can adopt are
	      listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       -mixer <device>
	      Use a mixer device different from the default  /dev/mixer.   For
	      ALSA this is the mixer name.

       -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
	      This  option  will  tell	MPlayer to use a different channel for
	      controlling volume than the default PCM.	Options	 for  OSS  in‐
	      clude  vol,  pcm, line.  For a complete list of options look for
	      SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For  ALSA
	      you  can	use  the  names	 e.g. alsamixer displays, like Master,
	      Line, PCM.
	      NOTE: ALSA mixer channel names followed  by  a  number  must  be
	      specified	 in  the  <name,number> format, i.e. a channel labeled
	      'PCM 1' in alsamixer must be converted to PCM,1.

       -softvol
	      Force the use of the software mixer, instead of using the	 sound
	      card mixer.

       -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
	      Set  the	maximum amplification level in percent (default: 110).
	      A value of 200 will allow you to adjust the volume up to a maxi‐
	      mum of double the current level.	With values below 100 the ini‐
	      tial volume (which is 100%) will be  above  the  maximum,	 which
	      e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       -volstep <0-100>
	      Set  the	step  size  of	mixer volume changes in percent of the
	      whole range (default: 3).

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio  output  facili‐
       ties.  The syntax is:

       -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
	      Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If  the	list  has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit‐
       ted.
       NOTE: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
		 -ao alsa,oss,
		      Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
		 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
		      Sets  noblock-mode  and  the  device-name as first card,
		      fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa
	      ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
		 noblock
		      Sets noblock-mode.
		 device=<device>
		      Sets the device name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and  any
		      ':'  with '=' in the ALSA device name.  For hwac3 output
		      via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or  "spdif"  device,	unless
		      you really know how to set it correctly.

       alsa5
	      ALSA 0.5 audio output driver

       oss
	      OSS audio output driver
		 <dsp-device>
		      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
		 <mixer-device>
		      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
		 <mixer-channel>
		      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       sdl (SDL only)
	      highly  platform	independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) li‐
	      brary audio output driver
		 <driver>
		      Explicitly choose the SDL audio driver to use  (default:
		      let SDL choose).

       arts
	      audio output through the aRts daemon

       esd
	      audio output through the ESD daemon
		 <server>
		      Explicitly choose the ESD server to use (default: local‐
		      host).

       jack
	      audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
		 port=<name>
		      Connects to the ports  with  the	given  name  (default:
		      physical ports).
		 name=<client
		      Client  name  that  is  passed to JACK (default: MPlayer
		      [<PID>]).	 Useful if you want to	have  certain  connec‐
		      tions established automatically.
		 (no)estimate
		      Estimate	the  audio  delay,  supposed to make the video
		      playback smoother (default: enabled).

       nas
	      audio output through NAS

       macosx (Mac OS X only)
	      native Mac OS X audio output driver

       openal
	      Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

       pulse
	      PulseAudio audio output driver
		 [<host>][:<output sink>]
		      Specify the host and optionally output sink to use.   An
		      empty <host> string uses a local connection, "localhost"
		      uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).

       sgi (SGI only)
	      native SGI audio output driver
		 <output device name>
		      Explicitly choose the  output  device/interface  to  use
		      (default:	 system-wide  default).	  For example, 'Analog
		      Out' or 'Digital Out'.

       sun (Sun only)
	      native Sun audio output driver
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the  audio  device  to	use  (default:
		      /dev/audio).

       win32 (Windows only)
	      native Windows waveout audio output driver

       dsound (Windows only)
	      DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
		 device=<devicenum>
		      Sets  the	 device number to use.	Playing a file with -v
		      will show a list of available devices.

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
	      Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       ivtv (IVTV only)
	      IVTV specific MPEG audio output driver.  Works  with  -ac	 hwmpa
	      only.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
	      Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
	      Audio  output  driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an
	      MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
		 card=<1-4>
		      DVB card to use if more than one card  is	 present.   If
		      not specified mplayer will search the first usable card.
		 file=<filename>
		      output filename

       null
	      Produces	no  audio  output  but maintains video playback speed.
	      Use -nosound for benchmarking.

       pcm
	      raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
		 (no)waveheader
		      Include or do not include the wave header (default:  in‐
		      cluded).	When not included, raw PCM will be generated.
		 file=<filename>
		      Write the sound to <filename> instead of the default au‐
		      diodump.wav.  If nowaveheader is specified, the  default
		      is audiodump.pcm.
		 fast
		      Try  to dump faster than realtime.  Make sure the output
		      does not get truncated (usually  with  "Too  many	 video
		      packets  in buffer" message).  It is normal that you get
		      a "Your system is too SLOW to play this!" message.

       plugin
	      plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -adapter <value>
	      Set the graphics card that will receive the image.  You can  get
	      a	 list  of  available  cards  when you run this option with -v.
	      Currently only works with the directx video output driver.

       -bpp <depth>
	      Override the autodetected color depth.  Only  supported  by  the
	      fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video output drivers.

       -border
	      Play movie with window border and decorations.  Since this is on
	      by default, use -noborder to disable the standard window decora‐
	      tions.

       -brightness <-100-100>
	      Adjust  the  brightness  of  the video signal (default: 0).  Not
	      supported by all video output drivers.

       -contrast <-100-100>
	      Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0).  Not  sup‐
	      ported by all video output drivers.

       -display <name> (X11 only)
	      Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want
	      to display on.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       -dr
	      Turns on direct rendering (not supported by all codecs and video
	      outputs)
	      WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
	      This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

		 ar-mode=<value>
		      aspect  ratio  mode  (0  = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 =
		      letterbox (default))

		 iec958-encoded
		      Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

		 iec958-decoded
		      Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

		 macrovision=<value>
		      macrovision mode (0 = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc  2
		      colorstripe, 3 = agc 4 colorstripe)

		 mute
		      mute sound output

		 unmute
		      unmute sound output

		 ucode=<value>
		      path to the microcode

	      TV output

		 75ire
		      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

		 no75ire
		      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

		 bw
		      b/w TV output

		 color
		      color TV output (default)

		 interlaced
		      interlaced TV output (default)

		 nointerlaced
		      disable interlaced TV output

		 norm=<value>
		      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

		 square-pixel
		      set pixel mode to square

		 ccir601-pixel
		      set pixel mode to ccir601

	      overlay

		 cr-left=<0-500>
		      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

		 cr-right=<0-500>
		      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

		 cr-top=<0-500>
		      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

		 cr-bottom=<0-500>
		      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

		 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
		      Set  the	r(ed),	g(reen)	 or b(lue) gain of the overlay
		      color-key.

		 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
		      minimum value for the respective color key

		 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
		      maximum value for the respective color key

		 ignore-cache
		      Ignore cached overlay settings.

		 update-cache
		      Update cached overlay settings.

		 ol-osd
		      Enable overlay onscreen display.

		 nool-osd
		      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

		 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
		      Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case
		      it does not match the window perfectly (default: 0).

		 overlay
		      Activate overlay (default).

		 nooverlay
		      Activate TV-out.

		 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
		      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
	      Change  video  mode  to the one that is labeled as <modename> in
	      /etc/fb.modes.
	      NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       -fbmodeconfig <filename> (-vo fbdev only)
	      Override framebuffer mode	 configuration	file  (default:	 /etc/
	      fb.modes).

       -fs (also see -zoom)
	      Fullscreen  playback  (centers  movie,  and  paints  black bands
	      around it).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
	      Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
	      Specify a priority list of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can
	      negate  the modes by prefixing them with '-'.  If you experience
	      problems like the fullscreen window being covered by other  win‐
	      dows try using a different order.
	      NOTE: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

	      The available types are:

		 above
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
		 below
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
		 fullscreen
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
		 layer
		      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
		 layer=<0...15>
		      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
		 netwm
		      Force NETWM style.
		 none
		      Do not set fullscreen window layer.
		 stays_on_top
		      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
		      Default  order,  will be used as a fallback if incorrect
		      or unsupported modes are specified.
		 -fullscreen
		      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+x+y]
	      Adjust where the output is on the screen initially.  The x and y
	      specifications  are  in pixels measured from the top-left of the
	      screen to the top-left of the image being displayed, however  if
	      a percentage sign is given after the argument it turns the value
	      into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  It also
	      supports the standard X11 -geometry option format.  If an exter‐
	      nal window is specified using the -wid option, then the x and  y
	      coordinates  are	relative  to the top-left corner of the window
	      rather than the screen.
	      NOTE: This option is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv,	 xvmc,
	      xvidix, gl, gl2, directx and tdfxfb video output drivers.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 50:40
		      Places the window at x=50, y=40.
		 50%:50%
		      Places the window in the middle of the screen.
		 100%
		      Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the
		      screen.
		 100%:100%
		      Places the window at the	bottom	right  corner  of  the
		      screen.

       -guiwid <window ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
	      This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to
	      the bottom of the video, which is useful to embed a mini-GUI  in
	      a browser (with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

       -hue <-100-100>
	      Adjust  the hue of the video signal (default: 0).	 You can get a
	      colored negative of the image with this option.	Not  supported
	      by all video output drivers.

       -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	      Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	      Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	      Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
	      Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen.  A value of 0
	      disables a previous setting (e.g. in the	config	file).	 Over‐
	      rides the -monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
		 -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

       -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
	      Set  the	aspect	of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen
	      (default: 1).  A value of 1 means	 square	 pixels	 (correct  for
	      (almost?) all LCDs).

       -nodouble
	      Disables	double buffering, mostly for debugging purposes.  Dou‐
	      ble buffering fixes flicker by storing two frames in memory, and
	      displaying  one while decoding another.  It can affect OSD nega‐
	      tively, but often removes OSD flickering.

       -nograbpointer
	      Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode	change	(-vm).
	      Useful for multihead setups.

       -nokeepaspect
	      Do  not  keep  window  aspect ratio when resizing windows.  Only
	      works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output driv‐
	      ers.   Furthermore  under	 X11  your window manager has to honor
	      window aspect hints.

       -ontop
	      Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported
	      by  video	 output	 drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as
	      directx, macosx, quartz, ggi and gl2.

       -panscan <0.0-1.0>
	      Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a
	      16:9  movie  to  make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands).
	      The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  Only works
	      with the xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl2, quartz, macosx and xvidix video
	      output drivers.
	      NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are allowed as  well,  but	highly
	      experimental and may crash or worse.  Use at your own risk!

       -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
	      Change the range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).
	      Positive values mean multiples of the default  range.   Negative
	      numbers  mean you can zoom in up to a factor of -panscanrange+1.
	      E.g. -panscanrange -3 allows a zoom factor of  up	 to  4.	  This
	      feature  is experimental.	 Do not report bugs unless you are us‐
	      ing -vo gl.

       -refreshrate <Hz>
	      Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz.  Currently only supported  by
	      -vo directx combined with the -vm option.

       -rootwin
	      Play  movie  in  the  root window (desktop background).  Desktop
	      background images may cover  the	movie  window,	though.	  Only
	      works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, macosx and directx
	      video output drivers.

       -saturation <-100-100>
	      Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0).  You can
	      get  grayscale  output  with  this option.  Not supported by all
	      video output drivers.

       -screenh <pixels>
	      Specify the vertical screen resolution for video output  drivers
	      which  do not know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-
	      out.

       -screenw <pixels>
	      Specify the horizontal screen resolution for video output	 driv‐
	      ers  which do not know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and
	      TV-out.

       -stop-xscreensaver (X11 only)
	      Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on exit.

       -vm
	      Try to change to a different video mode.	Supported by the  dga,
	      x11, xv, sdl and directx video output drivers.  If used with the
	      directx video output driver the  -screenw,  -screenh,  -bpp  and
	      -refreshrate options can be used to set the new display mode.

       -vsync
	      Enables VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

       -wid <window ID> (also see -guiwid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
	      This  tells  MPlayer to attach to an existing window.  Useful to
	      embed MPlayer in a browser (e.g. the plugger extension).

       -xineramascreen <-2-...>
	      In Xinerama configurations (i.e. a  single  desktop  that	 spans
	      across multiple displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen
	      to display the movie on.	A value of -2 means fullscreen	across
	      the  whole virtual display (in this case Xinerama information is
	      completely ignored), -1 means fullscreen on the display the win‐
	      dow currently is on.  The initial position set via the -geometry
	      option is relative to the specified screen.  Will	 usually  only
	      work  with "-fstype -fullscreen" or "-fstype none".  This option
	      is not suitable to only set the startup screen (and not also the
	      fullscreen  screen), -geometry is the best that is available for
	      that purpose currently.  Supported by the gl, gl2, x11,  and  xv
	      video output drivers.

       -zrbw (-vo zr only)
	      Display  in  black and white.  For optimal performance, this can
	      be combined with '-lavdopts gray'.

       -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (-vo zr only)
	      Select a part of the input image	to  display,  multiple	occur‐
	      rences of this option switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama mode
	      the movie is distributed over more than one TV  (or  beamer)  to
	      create a larger image.  Options appearing after the n-th -zrcrop
	      apply to the n-th MJPEG card, each card should at least  have  a
	      -zrdev in addition to the -zrcrop.  For examples, see the output
	      of -zrhelp and the Zr section of the documentation.

       -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
	      Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card,
	      by default the zr video output driver takes the first v4l device
	      it can find.

       -zrfd (-vo zr only)
	      Force  decimation:  Decimation,  as  specified  by  -zrhdec  and
	      -zrvdec, only happens if the hardware scaler can stretch the im‐
	      age to its original size.	 Use this option to force decimation.

       -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
	      Horizontal decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd  or
	      4th  line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the
	      scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image  to	 its  original
	      size.

       -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
	      Display  a  list of all -zr* options, their default values and a
	      cinerama mode example.

       -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
	      Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
	      A number from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the  JPEG  en‐
	      coding quality.

       -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
	      Vertical	decimation:  Ask  the driver to send only every 2nd or
	      4th line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use  the
	      scaler  of  the  MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original
	      size.

       -zrxdoff <x display offset> (-vo zr only)
	      If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this	option	speci‐
	      fies  the	 x  offset from the upper-left corner of the TV screen
	      (default: centered).

       -zrydoff <y display offset> (-vo zr only)
	      If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this	option	speci‐
	      fies  the	 y  offset from the upper-left corner of the TV screen
	      (default: centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video  output  facili‐
       ties.  The syntax is:

       -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
	      Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If  the	list  has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit‐
       ted.
       NOTE: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
		 -vo xmga,xv,
		      Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then oth‐
		      ers.
		 -vo directx:noaccel
		      Uses  the	 DirectX  driver  with	acceleration  features
		      turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
	      Uses  the XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware ac‐
	      celerated playback.  If you cannot use a hardware specific driv‐
	      er,  this	 is  probably  the best option.	 For information about
	      what colorkey is used and how it is drawn run  MPlayer  with  -v
	      option and look out for the lines tagged with [xv common] at the
	      beginning.
		 adaptor=<number>
		      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
		 port=<number>
		      Select a specific XVideo port.
		 ck=<cur|use|set>
		      Select the source from which the colorkey is taken  (de‐
		      fault: cur).
			 cur  The  default takes the colorkey currently set in
			      Xv.
			 use  Use but do not set  the  colorkey	 from  MPlayer
			      (use -colorkey option to change it).
			 set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
		 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
		      Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
			 man  Draw  the	 colorkey manually (reduces flicker in
			      some cases).
			 bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
			 auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       x11 (X11 only)
	      Shared memory video output driver without hardware  acceleration
	      that works whenever X11 is present.

       xover (X11 only)
	      Adds  X11	 support  to  all  overlay based video output drivers.
	      Currently only supported by tdfx_vid.
		 <vo_driver>
		      Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top  of
		      X11.

       xvmc (X11 with -vc ffmpeg12mc only)
	      Video output driver that uses the XvMC (X Video Motion Compensa‐
	      tion) extension of XFree86 4.x to speed up MPEG-1/2 and VCR2 de‐
	      coding.
		 adaptor=<number>
		      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
		 port=<number>
		      Select a specific XVideo port.
		 (no)benchmark
		      Disables image display.  Necessary for proper benchmark‐
		      ing of drivers that change image buffers on monitor  re‐
		      trace  only  (nVidia).   Default is not to disable image
		      display (nobenchmark).
		 (no)bobdeint
		      Very simple deinterlacer.	 Might not  look  better  than
		      -vf  tfields=1, but it is the only deinterlacer for xvmc
		      (default: nobobdeint).
		 (no)queue
		      Queue frames for display to allow more parallel work  of
		      the  video  hardware.   May add a small (not noticeable)
		      constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
		 (no)sleep
		      Use sleep function while waiting for rendering to finish
		      (not recommended on Linux) (default: nosleep).
		 ck=cur|use|set
		      Same as -vo xv:ck (see -vo xv).
		 ck-method=man|bg|auto
		      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo xv).

       dga (X11 only)
	      Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension.
	      Considered obsolete.

       sdl (SDL only)
	      Highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia  Layer)  li‐
	      brary  video  output  driver.  Since SDL uses its own X11 layer,
	      MPlayer X11 options do not have any effect on SDL.
		 driver=<driver>
		      Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
		 (no)forcexv
		      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default:
		      forcexv).
		 (no)hwaccel
		      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

       vidix
	      VIDIX  (VIDeo  Interface	for *niX) is an interface to the video
	      acceleration features of different graphics  cards.   Very  fast
	      video output driver on cards that support it.
		 <subdevice>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  VIDIX  subdevice driver to use.
		      Available	 subdevice  drivers  are   cyberblade,	 ivtv,
		      mach64,	mga_crtc2,  mga,  nvidia,  pm2,	 pm3,  radeon,
		      rage128, s3, sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.

       xvidix (X11 only)
	      X11 frontend for VIDIX
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       cvidix
	      Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in
	      a text console with nVidia cards.
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       winvidix (Windows only)
	      Windows frontend for VIDIX
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       directx (Windows only)
	      Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
		 noaccel
		      Turns off hardware acceleration.	Try this option if you
		      have display problems.

       quartz (Mac OS X only)
	      Mac OS X Quartz video output driver.  Under some	circumstances,
	      it  might be more efficient to force a packed YUV output format,
	      with e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
		 device_id=<number>
		      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
		 fs_res=<width>:<height>
		      Specify the fullscreen resolution (useful on  slow  sys‐
		      tems).

       macosx (Mac OS X 10.4 or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
	      Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
		 device_id=<number>
		      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.

       fbdev (Linux only)
	      Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  fbdev  device name to use (e.g.
		      /dev/fb0) or the name of the VIDIX subdevice if the  de‐
		      vice  name  starts with 'vidix' (e.g. 'vidixsis_vid' for
		      the sis driver).

       fbdev2 (Linux only)
	      Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative implemen‐
	      tation.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       vesa
	      Very general video output driver that should work	 on  any  VESA
	      VBE 2.0 compatible card.
		 (no)dga
		      Turns DGA mode on or off (default: on).
		 neotv_pal
		      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
		 neotv_ntsc
		      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
		 vidix
		      Use the VIDIX driver.
		 lvo:
		      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       svga
	      Play video using the SVGA library.
		 <video mode>
		      Specify  video  mode to use.  The mode can be given in a
		      <width>x<height>x<colors> format, e.g. 640x480x16M or be
		      a graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
		 bbosd
		      Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
		 native
		      Use  only	 native drawing functions.  This avoids direct
		      rendering, OSD and hardware acceleration.
		 retrace
		      Force frame switch on  vertical  retrace.	  Usable  only
		      with  -double.  It has the same effect as the -vsync op‐
		      tion.
		 sq
		      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
		 vidix
		      Use svga with VIDIX.

       gl
	      OpenGL video output driver, simple version.  Video size must  be
	      smaller than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementa‐
	      tion.  Intended to work even with the most basic	OpenGL	imple‐
	      mentations,  but also makes use of newer extensions, which allow
	      support for more colorspaces and direct rendering.  For  optimal
	      speed try something similar to
	      -vo gl:yuv=2:force-pbo:ati-hack -dr -noslices
	      The  code	 performs  very	 few  checks, so if a feature does not
	      work, this  might	 be  because  it  is  not  supported  by  your
	      card/OpenGL implementation even if you do not get any error mes‐
	      sage.  Use glxinfo or a similar tool to  display	the  supported
	      OpenGL extensions.
		 (no)ati-hack
		      ATI  drivers  may	 give  a corrupted image when PBOs are
		      used (when using -dr or force-pbo).  This	 option	 fixes
		      this, at the expense of using a bit more memory.
		 (no)force-pbo
		      Always  uses  PBOs to transfer textures even if this in‐
		      volves an extra copy.  Currently this gives a little ex‐
		      tra  speed with NVidia drivers and a lot more speed with
		      ATI drivers.  May need -noslices and the ati-hack subop‐
		      tion to work correctly.
		 (no)scaled-osd
		      Changes  the  way	 the  OSD behaves when the size of the
		      window changes (default: disabled).   When  enabled  be‐
		      haves more like the other video output drivers, which is
		      better for fixed-size fonts.  Disabled looks much better
		      with  FreeType  fonts and uses the borders in fullscreen
		      mode.  Does not work correctly with ass  subtitles  (see
		      -ass),  you  can instead render them without OpenGL sup‐
		      port via -vf ass.
		 osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
		      Color for OSD (default: 0x00ffffff, corresponds to  non-
		      transparent white).
		 rectangle=<0,1,2>
		      Select  usage  of rectangular textures which saves video
		      RAM, but often is slower (default: 0).
			 0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
			 1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
			 2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.
			 In  some  cases  only	supported in software and thus
			 very slow.
		 swapinterval=<n>
		      Minimum interval between two buffer  swaps,  counted  in
		      displayed	 frames	 (default: 1).	1 is equivalent to en‐
		      abling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.  Values below 0 will
		      leave it at the system default.  This limits the framer‐
		      ate  to  (horizontal  refresh  rate  /   n).    Requires
		      GLX_SGI_swap_control   support   to   work.   With  some
		      (most/all?)   implementations   this   only   works   in
		      fullscreen mode.
		 yuv=<n>
		      Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.
			 0:  Use  software  conversion	(default).  Compatible
			 with all OpenGL versions.  Provides brightness,  con‐
			 trast and saturation control.
			 1:  Use register combiners.  This uses an nVidia-spe‐
			 cific extension (GL_NV_register_combiners).  At least
			 three	texture units are needed.  Provides saturation
			 and hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
			 2: Use a fragment program.   Needs  the  GL_ARB_frag‐
			 ment_program  extension  and  at  least three texture
			 units.	 Provides brightness, contrast, saturation and
			 hue control.
			 3:  Use a fragment program using the POW instruction.
			 Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension  and  at
			 least three texture units.  Provides brightness, con‐
			 trast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma  can
			 also  be  set	independently for red, green and blue.
			 Method 4 is usually faster.
			 4: Use a fragment  program  with  additional  lookup.
			 Needs	the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at
			 least four texture units.  Provides brightness,  con‐
			 trast,	 saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma can
			 also be set independently for red, green and blue.
			 5: Use ATI-specific method (for older	cards).	  This
			 uses an ATI-specific extension (GL_ATI_fragment_shad‐
			 er - not GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).   At  least	 three
			 texture  units	 are  needed.  Provides saturation and
			 hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
			 6: Use a 3D texture  to  do  conversion  via  lookup.
			 Needs	the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension and at
			 least four texture units.  Extremely  slow  (software
			 emulation)  on	 some (all?) ATI cards since it uses a
			 texture with  border  pixels.	 Provides  brightness,
			 contrast,  saturation,	 hue and gamma control.	 Gamma
			 can also be set  independently	 for  red,  green  and
			 blue.	 Speed	depends	 more  on GPU memory bandwidth
			 than other methods.
		 lscale=<n>
		      Select the scaling function to use for  luminance	 scal‐
		      ing.  Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
			 0: Use simple linear filtering (default).
			 1:  Use  bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality).
			 Needs one additional texture unit.  Older cards  will
			 not  be  able	to  handle this for chroma at least in
			 fullscreen mode.
			 2: Use cubic filtering in horizontal, linear  filter‐
			 ing in vertical direction.  Works on a few more cards
			 than method 1.
			 3: Same as 1 but  does	 not  use  a  lookup  texture.
			 Might be faster on some cards.
			 4:  Use experimental unsharp masking with 3x3 support
			 and a strength of 0.5.
			 5: Use experimental unsharp masking with 5x5  support
			 and a strength of 0.5.
		 cscale=<n>
		      Select the scaling function to use for chrominance scal‐
		      ing.  For details see lscale.
		 customprog=<filename>
		      Load a custom fragment  program  from  <filename>.   See
		      TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an example.
		 customtex=<filename>
		      Load  a  custom  "gamma  ramp"  texture from <filename>.
		      This can be used in combination with yuv=4 or  with  the
		      customprog option.
		 (no)customtlin
		      If enabled (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation, other‐
		      wise use GL_NEAREST for customtex texture.
		 (no)customtrect
		      If enabled, use texture_rectangle for customtex texture.
		      Default is disabled.

	      Normally	there  is no reason to use the following options, they
	      mostly exist for testing purposes.

		 (no)glfinish
		      Call glFinish() before swapping buffers.	Slower but  in
		      some cases more correct output (default: disabled).
		 (no)manyfmts
		      Enables  support	for  more  (RGB and BGR) color formats
		      (default: enabled).  Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
		 slice-height=<0-...>
		      Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default:
		      0).  0 for whole image.
		      NOTE:  If	 YUV  colorspace  is used (see yuv suboption),
		      special rules apply:
			 If the decoder uses slice rendering (see  -noslices),
			 this setting has no effect, the size of the slices as
			 provided by the decoder is used.
			 If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the  de‐
			 fault is 16.
		 (no)osd
		      Enable  or  disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL
		      (default: enabled).  This option is for testing; to dis‐
		      able the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
		 (no)aspect
		      Enable  or  disable aspect scaling and pan-and-scan sup‐
		      port  (default:  enabled).   Disabling  might   increase
		      speed.

       gl2
	      Variant  of  the	OpenGL	video  output driver.  Supports videos
	      larger than the maximum texture size but lacks many of  the  ad‐
	      vanced  features	and  optimizations of the gl driver and is un‐
	      likely to be extended further.
		 (no)glfinish
		      same as gl (default: enabled)
		 yuv=<n>
		      Select the type of YUV to RGB  conversion.   If  set  to
		      anything	except	0 OSD will be disabled and brightness,
		      contrast and gamma setting is  only  available  via  the
		      global  X	 server	 settings.  Apart from this the values
		      have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       null
	      Produces no video output.	 Useful for benchmarking.

       aa
	      ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.  You
	      can get a list and an explanation of available suboptions by ex‐
	      ecuting 'mplayer -vo aa:help'.
	      NOTE: The driver does not handle -aspect correctly.
	      HINT: You probably have  to  specify  -monitorpixelaspect.   Try
	      'mplayer -vo aa -monitorpixelaspect 0.5'.

       caca
	      Color  ASCII  art	 video output driver that works on a text con‐
	      sole.

       bl
	      Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol.  This driv‐
	      er is highly hardware specific.
		 <subdevice>
		      Explicitly  choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver to
		      use.  It is something like arcade:host=localhost:2323 or
		      hdl:file=name1,file=name2.   You	must  specify a subde‐
		      vice.

       ggi
	      GGI graphics system video output driver
		 <driver>
		      Explicitly choose the GGI driver to  use.	  Replace  any
		      ',' that would appear in the driver string by a '.'.

       directfb
	      Play video using the DirectFB library.
		 (no)input
		      Use  the	DirectFB  instead of the MPlayer keyboard code
		      (default: enabled).
		 buffermode=single|double|triple
		      Double and triple buffering give	best  results  if  you
		      want  to avoid tearing issues.  Triple buffering is more
		      efficient than double buffering as  it  does  not	 block
		      MPlayer  while waiting for the vertical retrace.	Single
		      buffering should be avoided (default: single).
		 fieldparity=top|bottom
		      Control the output order for interlaced frames (default:
		      disabled).   Valid  values  are  top = top fields first,
		      bottom = bottom fields first.  This option does not have
		      any  effect  on progressive film material like most MPEG
		      movies are.  You need to enable this option if you  have
		      tearing  issues  or unsmooth motions watching interlaced
		      film material.
		 layer=N
		      Will force layer with ID N for playback (default:	 -1  -
		      auto).
		 dfbopts=<list>
		      Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

       dfbmga
	      Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the
	      DirectFB library to make use of special hardware features.   En‐
	      ables CRTC2 (second head), displaying video independently of the
	      first head.
		 (no)input
		      same as directfb (default: disabled)
		 buffermode=single|double|triple
		      same as directfb (default: triple)
		 fieldparity=top|bottom
		      same as directfb
		 (no)bes
		      Enable the use of the Matrox BES (backend	 scaler)  (de‐
		      fault:  disabled).   Gives  very good results concerning
		      speed and output quality as  interpolated	 picture  pro‐
		      cessing  is done in hardware.  Works only on the primary
		      head.
		 (no)spic
		      Make use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display  the
		      OSD (default: enabled).
		 (no)crtc2
		      Turn  on	TV-out	on the second head (default: enabled).
		      The output quality is amazing as it is a full interlaced
		      picture with proper sync to every odd/even field.
		 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
		      Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need
		      for  modifying  /etc/directfbrc	(default:   disabled).
		      Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.  Special norm is
		      auto (auto-adjust using  PAL/NTSC)  because  it  decides
		      which  norm  to  use  by looking at the framerate of the
		      movie.

       mga (Linux only)
	      Matrox specific video output driver that makes use  of  the  YUV
	      back  end	 scaler on Gxxx cards through a kernel module.	If you
	      have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the Matrox device  name	 to  use  (de‐
		      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       xmga (Linux, X11 only)
	      The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  Matrox  device name to use (de‐
		      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       s3fb (Linux only) (see also -vf yuv2 and -dr)
	      S3 Virge specific video output driver.  This driver supports the
	      card's  YUV  conversion and scaling, double buffering and direct
	      rendering features.  Use -vf yuy2	 to  get  hardware-accelerated
	      YUY2 rendering, which is much faster than YV12 on this card.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       wii (Linux only)
	      Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

       3dfx (Linux only)
	      3dfx-specific video output driver that directly uses  the	 hard‐
	      ware on top of X11.  Only 16 bpp are supported.

       tdfxfb (Linux only)
	      This driver employs the tdfxfb framebuffer driver to play movies
	      with YUV acceleration on 3dfx cards.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       tdfx_vid (Linux only)
	      3dfx-specific video output driver that works in combination with
	      the tdfx_vid kernel module.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/
		      tdfx_vid).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
	      Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
		 <vo_driver>
		      Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

       dxr3 (DXR3 only)
	      Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma De‐
	      signs Hollywood Plus) specific video output  driver.   Also  see
	      the lavc video filter.
		 overlay
		      Activates the overlay instead of TV-out.
		 prebuf
		      Turns on prebuffering.
		 sync
		      Will turn on the new sync-engine.
		 norm=<norm>
		      Specifies the TV norm.
			 0: Does not change current norm (default).
			 1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
			 2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
			 3: PAL
			 4: PAL-60
			 5: NTSC
		 <0-3>
		      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
		      one em8300 card.

       ivtv (IVTV only)
	      Conexant	CX23415	 (iCompression	iTVC15)	 or  Conexant  CX23416
	      (iCompression   iTVC16)	MPEG  decoder  chip  (Hauppauge	 WinTV
	      PVR-150/250/350/500) specific video output  driver  for  TV-out.
	      Also see the lavc video filter.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  MPEG decoder device name to use
		      (default: /dev/video16).
		 <output>
		      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used  for  the
		      video signal.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
	      Video output driver for V4L2 compliant cards with built-in hard‐
	      ware MPEG decoder.  Also see the lavc video filter.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose the MPEG decoder device	 name  to  use
		      (default: /dev/video16).
		 <output>
		      Explicitly  choose  the TV-out output to be used for the
		      video signal.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
	      Video output driver for DVB cards that writes the output	to  an
	      MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
		 card=<1-4>
		      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
		      one DVB output card (V3 API only, such as	 1.x.y	series
		      drivers).	  If  not  specified  mplayer  will search the
		      first usable card.
		 <filename>
		      output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

       zr (also see -zr* and -zrhelp)
	      Video output driver  for	a  number  of  MJPEG  capture/playback
	      cards.

       zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
	      Video  output  driver  for  a  number  of MJPEG capture/playback
	      cards, second generation.
		 dev=<device>
		      Specifies the video device to use.
		 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
		      Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
		 (no)prebuf
		      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       md5sum
	      Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.  Sup‐
	      ports RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces.	 Useful for debugging.
		 outfile=<value>
		      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yuv4mpeg
	      Transforms  the video stream into a sequence of uncompressed YUV
	      4:2:0 images and stores it in a  file  (default:	./stream.yuv).
	      The  format  is  the  same as the one employed by mjpegtools, so
	      this is useful if you want to process the video with the	mjpeg‐
	      tools  suite.   It  supports  the YV12, RGB (24 bpp) and BGR (24
	      bpp) format.  You can combine it with the	 -fixed-vo  option  to
	      concatenate files with the same dimensions and fps value.
		 interlaced
		      Write the output as interlaced frames, top field first.
		 interlaced_bf
		      Write  the  output  as  interlaced  frames, bottom field
		      first.
		 file=<filename>
		      Write the output to <filename> instead  of  the  default
		      stream.yuv.

	      NOTE: If you do not specify any option the output is progressive
	      (i.e. not interlaced).

       gif89a
	      Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current
	      directory.  It supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the out‐
	      put is converted to 256 colors.
		 <fps>
		      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
		 <output>
		      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

	      NOTE: You must specify the framerate before the filename or  the
	      framerate will be part of the filename.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

       jpeg
	      Output  each  frame  into	 a JPEG file in the current directory.
	      Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.
		 [no]progressive
		      Specify  standard	 or  progressive JPEG (default: nopro‐
		      gressive).
		 [no]baseline
		      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
		 optimize=<0-100>
		      optimization factor (default: 100)
		 smooth=<0-100>
		      smooth factor (default: 0)
		 quality=<0-100>
		      quality factor (default: 75)
		 outdir=<dirname>
		      Specify the directory to save the	 JPEG  files  to  (de‐
		      fault: ./).
		 subdirs=<prefix>
		      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
		      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
		 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
		      Maximum number of files to be  saved  per	 subdirectory.
		      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       pnm
	      Output  each  frame  into	 a  PNM file in the current directory.
	      Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.   It  supports  PPM,  PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and
	      ASCII mode.  Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
		 ppm
		      Write PPM files (default).
		 pgm
		      Write PGM files.
		 pgmyuv
		      Write PGMYUV files.  PGMYUV is like  PGM,	 but  it  also
		      contains	the  U	and V plane, appended at the bottom of
		      the picture.
		 raw
		      Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
		 ascii
		      Write PNM files in ASCII mode.
		 outdir=<dirname>
		      Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default:
		      ./).
		 subdirs=<prefix>
		      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
		      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
		 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
		      Maximum number of files to be  saved  per	 subdirectory.
		      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       png
	      Output  each  frame  into	 a  PNG file in the current directory.
	      Each file takes the frame number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
		 z=<0-9>
		      Specifies the compression level.	0 is no compression, 9
		      is maximum compression.

       tga
	      Output each frame into a Targa file in  the  current  directory.
	      Each  file  takes	 the frame number padded with leading zeros as
	      name.  The purpose of this video output driver is to have a sim‐
	      ple  lossless  image writer to use without any external library.
	      It supports the BGR[A] color format, with 15,  24	 and  32  bpp.
	      You can force a particular format with the format video filter.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS
       -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
	      Specify a priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to
	      their codec name in codecs.conf.	Use a  '-'  before  the	 codec
	      name  to	omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name to force it,
	      this will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ','  MPlayer
	      will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
	      NOTE: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ac mp3acm
		      Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
		 -ac mad,
		      Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
		 -ac hwac3,a52,
		      Try  hardware AC-3 passthrough, software AC-3, then oth‐
		      ers.
		 -ac hwdts,
		      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on others.
		 -ac -ffmp3,
		      Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder.

       -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
	      Specify advanced audio filter options:

		 force=<0-7>
		      Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the fol‐
		      lowing:
			 0: Use completely automatic filter insertion.
			 1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
			 2: Optimize for speed.	 Warning: Some features in the
			 audio filters may silently fail, and the sound quali‐
			 ty may drop.
			 3: Use no automatic insertion of filters and no opti‐
			 mization.  Warning:  It  may  be  possible  to	 crash
			 MPlayer using this setting.
			 4:  Use automatic insertion of filters according to 0
			 above, but use floating point processing when	possi‐
			 ble.
			 5:  Use automatic insertion of filters according to 1
			 above, but use floating point processing when	possi‐
			 ble.
			 6:  Use automatic insertion of filters according to 2
			 above, but use floating point processing when	possi‐
			 ble.
			 7: Use no automatic insertion of filters according to
			 3 above, and use floating point processing when  pos‐
			 sible.

		 list=<filters>
		      Same as -af.

       -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
	      Specify  a priority list of audio codec families to be used, ac‐
	      cording to their codec name in codecs.conf.  Falls back  on  the
	      default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
	      NOTE: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -afm ffmpeg
		      Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
		 -afm acm,dshow
		      Try Win32 codecs first.

       -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
	      Override	movie  aspect ratio, in case aspect information is in‐
	      correct or missing in the file being played.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
		 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       -noaspect
	      Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

       -field-dominance <-1-1>
	      Set first field for interlaced content.  Useful for  deinterlac‐
	      ers  that	 double	 the framerate: -vf tfields=1, -vf yadif=1 and
	      -vo xvmc:bobdeint.
		 -1   auto (default): If the decoder does not export  the  ap‐
		      propriate	 information,  it  falls  back to 0 (top field
		      first).
		 0    top field first
		 1    bottom field first

       -flip
	      Flip image upside-down.

       -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
	      Specify libavcodec decoding parameters.  Separate	 multiple  op‐
	      tions with a colon.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

	      Available options are:

		 bitexact
		      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for
		      codec testing).

		 bug=<value>
		      Manually work around encoder bugs.
			 0: nothing
			 1: autodetect bugs (default)
			 2 (msmpeg4v3):	 some  old  lavc  generated  msmpeg4v3
			 files (no autodetection)
			 4  (mpeg4):  Xvid  interlacing	 bug  (autodetected if
			 fourcc==XVIX)
			 8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
			 16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
			 32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
			 64 (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel bug (autodetected  per
			 fourcc/version)
			 128  (mpeg4):	old  standard  qpel  (autodetected per
			 fourcc/version)
			 256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per four‐
			 cc/version)
			 512  (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected
			 per fourcc/version)
			 1024 (mpeg4):	edge  padding  bug  (autodetected  per
			 fourcc/version)

		 debug=<value>
		      Display debugging information.
			 0: disabled
			 1: picture info
			 2: rate control
			 4: bitstream
			 8: macroblock (MB) type
			 16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
			 32: motion vector
			 0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
			 0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
			 0x0100: startcode
			 0x0200: PTS
			 0x0400: error resilience
			 0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
			 0x1000: bugs
			 0x2000:  Visualize quantization parameter (QP), lower
			 QP are tinted greener.
			 0x4000: Visualize block types.

		 ec=<value>
		      Set error concealment strategy.
			 1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
			 2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
			 3: all (default)

		 er=<value>
		      Set error resilience strategy.
			 0: disabled
			 1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
			 2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
			 3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause  problems
			 even for valid bitstreams.)
			 4: very aggressive

		 fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
		      Enable optimizations which do not comply to the specifi‐
		      cation and might potentially cause problems,  like  sim‐
		      pler dequantization, simpler motion compensation, assum‐
		      ing use of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV
		      4:2:0  and  skipping a few checks to detect damaged bit‐
		      streams.

		 gray
		      grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

		 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
		      For best decoding quality use the	 same  IDCT  algorithm
		      for  decoding and encoding.  This may come at a price in
		      accuracy, though.

		 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
		      Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is
		      not supported by all codecs, and it will often result in
		      ugly artifacts.  This is not a bug, but a side effect of
		      not decoding at full resolution.
			 0: disabled
			 1: 1/2 resolution
			 2: 1/4 resolution
			 3: 1/8 resolution
		      If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if
		      the width of the video is major than or equal to <w>.

		 o
		      FIXME: undocumented

		 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

		 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

		 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
		      Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264  de‐
		      coding.  Since the filtered frame is supposed to be used
		      as reference for decoding dependent frames  this	has  a
		      worse  effect  on	 quality  than not doing deblocking on
		      e.g. MPEG-2 video.  But at least for high	 bitrate  HDTV
		      this  provides  a	 big  speedup  with no visible quality
		      loss.

		      <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
			 none: Never skip.
			 default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g.  0  size
			 packets in AVI).
			 nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not
			 used for decoding  other  frames,  the	 error	cannot
			 "build up").
			 bidir: Skip B-Frames.
			 nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
			 all: Skip all frames.

		 skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
		      Skips  the IDCT step.  This degrades quality a lot of in
		      almost all cases (see skiploopfilter for available  skip
		      values).

		 skipframe=<skipvalue>
		      Skips  decoding  of frames completely.  Big speedup, but
		      jerky motion and sometimes bad artifacts (see  skiploop‐
		      filter for available skip values).

		 threads=<1-8> (MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)
		      number of threads to use for decoding (default: 1)

		 vismv=<value>
		      Visualize motion vectors.
			 0: disabled
			 1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
			 2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
			 4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

		 vstats
		      Prints   some   statistics  and  stores  them  in	 ./vs‐
		      tats_*.log.

       -noslices
	      Disable drawing video by 16-pixel height	slices/bands,  instead
	      draws the whole frame in a single run.  May be faster or slower,
	      depending on video card and available cache.  It has effect only
	      with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs.

       -nosound
	      Do not play/encode sound.	 Useful for benchmarking.

       -novideo
	      Do not play/encode video.	 In many cases this will not work, use
	      -vc null -vo null instead.

       -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
	      Set the DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer	usable
	      with  -vf pp.  It only works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with in‐
	      ternal postprocessing routines.  The valid range of  -pp	values
	      varies  by  codec, it is mostly 0-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/
	      best.

       -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
	      Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their
	      usage.

       -ssf <mode>
	      Specifies software scaler parameters.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
		 lgb=<0-100>
		      gaussian blur filter (luma)
		 cgb=<0-100>
		      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
		 ls=<-100-100>
		      sharpen filter (luma)
		 cs=<-100-100>
		      sharpen filter (chroma)
		 chs=<h>
		      chroma horizontal shifting
		 cvs=<v>
		      chroma vertical shifting

       -stereo <mode>
	      Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
		 0    stereo
		 1    left channel
		 2    right channel

       -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
	      Specify  the software scaler algorithm to be used with the -zoom
	      option.  This affects video output drivers which	lack  hardware
	      acceleration, e.g. x11.

	      Available types are:

		 0    fast bilinear
		 1    bilinear
		 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
		 3    experimental
		 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
		 5    area
		 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
		 7    gauss
		 8    sincR
		 9    lanczos
		 10   natural bicubic spline

	      NOTE:  Some  -sws	 options  are tunable.	The description of the
	      scale video filter has further information.

       -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
	      Specify a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to
	      their  codec  name  in  codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec
	      name to omit it.	Use a '+' before the codec name to  force  it,
	      this  will likely crash!	If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer
	      will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
	      NOTE: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vc divx
		      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
		 -vc -divxds,-divx,
		      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
		 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
		      Try libavcodec's MPEG-1/2	 codec,	 then  libmpeg2,  then
		      others.

       -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
	      Specify  a priority list of video codec families to be used, ac‐
	      cording to their names in codecs.conf.  Falls back  on  the  de‐
	      fault codecs if none of the given codec families work.
	      NOTE: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
		      Try the libavcodec, then Directshow, then VfW codecs and
		      fall back on others, if they do not work.
		 -vfm xanim
		      Try XAnim codecs first.

       -x <x> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
	      Scale image to width <x> (if software/hardware scaling is avail‐
	      able).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
	      Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
	      NOTE: Since libavcodec is faster than Xvid you might want to use
	      the libavcodec postprocessing filter (-vf pp) and decoder	 (-vfm
	      ffmpeg) instead.

	      Xvid's internal postprocessing filters:
		 deblock-chroma (also see -vf pp)
		      chroma deblock filter
		 deblock-luma (also see -vf pp)
		      luma deblock filter
		 dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
		      luma deringing filter
		 dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
		      chroma deringing filter
		 filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
		      Adds  artificial	film grain to the video.  May increase
		      perceived quality, while lowering true quality.

	      rendering methods:
		 dr2
		      Activate direct rendering method 2.
		 nodr2
		      Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

       -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
		 value<=8
		      Scale image by factor <value>.
		 value>8
		      Set width to value and calculate height to keep  correct
		      aspect ratio.

       -y <y> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
	      Scale  image  to	height	<y>  (if  software/hardware scaling is
	      available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -zoom
	      Allow software scaling, where available.	This will allow	 scal‐
	      ing  with	 output	 drivers (like x11, fbdev) that do not support
	      hardware scaling where MPlayer disables scaling by  default  for
	      performance reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS
       Audio  filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties.
       The syntax is:

       -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
	      Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

       Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
	      Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
	      at 0, negative numbers address the end of the list  (-1  is  the
	      last).

       -af-clr
	      Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
	      Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can be used if you
	      have a fixed frequency sound card or if you are  stuck  with  an
	      old sound card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.  This filter
	      is automatically enabled if necessary.  It only supports	16-bit
	      integer and float in native-endian format as input.
	      NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
		 <srate>
		      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this
		      parameter is 8000 to 192000.  If the  input  and	output
		      sample  frequency	 are  the same or if this parameter is
		      omitted the filter is automatically  unloaded.   A  high
		      sample  frequency	 normally  improves the audio quality,
		      especially when used in combination with other filters.
		 <sloppy>
		      Allow (1) or disallow (0) the output frequency to differ
		      slightly	from  the frequency given by <srate> (default:
		      1).  Can be used if the startup of the playback  is  ex‐
		      tremely slow.
		 <type>
		      Selects which resampling method to use.
			 0: linear interpolation (fast, poor quality especial‐
			 ly when upsampling)
			 1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
			 2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing
			 (slow, best quality)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
		      would set the output frequency of the resample filter to
		      44100Hz using exact output frequency scaling and	linear
		      interpolation.

       lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
	      Changes  the  sample  rate  of  the  audio  stream to an integer
	      <srate> in Hz.  It only supports the 16-bit  native-endian  for‐
	      mat.
	      NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
		 <srate>
		      the output sample rate
		 <length>
		      length  of the filter with respect to the lower sampling
		      rate (default: 16)
		 <linear>
		      if 1 then filters will be linearly interpolated  between
		      polyphase entries
		 <count>
		      log2  of the number of polyphase entries (..., 10->1024,
		      11->2048, 12->4096, ...)	(default: 10->1024)
		 <cutoff>
		      cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set  depending  upon
		      filter length

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
	      Encode  multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec.
	      Supports 16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6  channels.
	      The  output is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream, na‐
	      tive-endian when outputting to S/PDIF.  The output  sample  rate
	      of  this	filter is same with the input sample rate.  When input
	      sample rate is 48kHz, 44.1kHz, or 32kHz,	this  filter  directly
	      use  it.	 Otherwise a resampling filter is auto-inserted before
	      this filter to make the input and output sample rate  be	48kHz.
	      You need to specify '-channels N' to make the decoder decode au‐
	      dio into N-channel, then the filter can encode the N-channel in‐
	      put to AC-3.
		 <tospdif>
		      Output  raw  AC-3	 stream	 if zero or not set, output to
		      S/PDIF for passthrough when <tospdif> is set non-zero.
		 <bitrate>
		      The bitrate to encode the AC-3 stream.  Set it to either
		      384  or  384000  to get 384kbits.	 Valid values: 32, 40,
		      48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256,
				    320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640  Default  bi‐
		      trate  is	 based	on  the input channel number: 1ch: 96,
		      2ch: 192,	 3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,  6ch: 448
		 <minchn>
		      If the input channel number is less than	<minchn>,  the
		      filter will detach itself (default: 5).

       sweep[=speed]
	      Produces a sine sweep.
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      Sine  function  delta,  use  very low values to hear the
		      sweep.

       sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
	      Remove a sine at the specified frequency.	 Useful to get rid  of
	      the  50/60Hz  noise on low quality audio equipment.  It probably
	      only works on mono input.
		 <freq>
		      The frequency of the sine which should  be  removed  (in
		      Hz) (default: 50)
		 <decay>
		      Controls	the  adaptivity	 (a larger value will make the
		      filter adapt to amplitude and phase changes  quicker,  a
		      smaller value will make the adaptation slower) (default:
		      0.0001).	Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       hrtf[=flag]
	      Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2
	      channel  output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of the
	      sound.

	      Flag  Meaning
	      m	    matrix decoding of the rear channel
	      s	    2-channel matrix decoding
	      0	    no matrix decoding (default)

       equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
	      10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR  band
	      pass  filters.  This means that it works regardless of what type
	      of audio is being played back.  The center frequencies  for  the
	      10 bands are:

	      No. frequency
	      0	   31.25 Hz
	      1	   62.50 Hz
	      2	  125.00 Hz
	      3	  250.00 Hz
	      4	  500.00 Hz
	      5	   1.00 kHz
	      6	   2.00 kHz
	      7	   4.00 kHz
	      8	   8.00 kHz
	      9	  16.00 kHz

	      If  the  sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the
	      center frequency for a frequency band, then that	band  will  be
	      disabled.	 A known bug with this filter is that the characteris‐
	      tics for the uppermost band are not completely symmetric if  the
	      sample rate is close to the center frequency of that band.  This
	      problem can be worked around by upsampling the sound  using  the
	      resample filter before it reaches this filter.
		 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
		      floating	point  numbers representing the gain in dB for
		      each frequency band (-12-12)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
		      Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency
		      region while canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.

       channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
	      Can  be  used  for  adding,  removing, routing and copying audio
	      channels.	 If only <nch> is given the default routing  is	 used,
	      it  works as follows: If the number of output channels is bigger
	      than the number of input channels empty  channels	 are  inserted
	      (except mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono channel is re‐
	      peated in both of the output channels).  If the number of output
	      channels	is  smaller  than the number of input channels the ex‐
	      ceeding channels are truncated.
		 <nch>
		      number of output channels (1-6)
		 <nr>
		      number of routes (1-6)
		 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
		      Pairs of numbers between 0 and 5 that  define  where  to
		      route each channel.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
		      Would  change  the  number of channels to 4 and set up 4
		      routes that swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave chan‐
		      nel  2  and  3 intact.  Observe that if media containing
		      two channels was played back, channels  2	 and  3	 would
		      contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be swapped.
		 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
		      Would  change  the  number of channels to 6 and set up 4
		      routes that copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3.   Channel
		      4 and 5 will contain silence.

       format[=format] (also see -format)
	      Convert between different sample formats.	 Automatically enabled
	      when needed by the sound card or another filter.
		 <format>
		      Sets the desired format.	The  general  form  is	'sbe',
		      where 's' denotes the sign (either 's' for signed or 'u'
		      for unsigned), 'b' denotes the number of bits per sample
		      (16,  24	or  32)	 and  'e' denotes the endianness ('le'
		      means little-endian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne' the	 endi‐
		      anness  of  the  computer MPlayer is running on).	 Valid
		      values  (amongst	others)	 are:  's16le',	 'u32be'   and
		      'u24ne'.	 Exceptions  to	 this rule that are also valid
		      format specifiers: u8, s8,  floatle,  floatbe,  floatne,
		      mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

       volume[=v[:sc]]
	      Implements  software  volume control.  Use this filter with cau‐
	      tion since it can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound.
	      In  most	cases it is best to set the level for the PCM sound to
	      max, leave this filter out and control the output level to  your
	      speakers	with  the master volume control of the mixer.  In case
	      your sound card has a digital PCM mixer  instead	of  an	analog
	      one,  and you hear distortion, use the MASTER mixer instead.  If
	      there is an external amplifier connected to the  computer	 (this
	      is  almost always the case), the noise level can be minimized by
	      adjusting the master level and the volume knob on the  amplifier
	      until the hissing noise in the background is gone.
	      This  filter has a second feature: It measures the overall maxi‐
	      mum sound level and prints out that level	 when  MPlayer	exits.
	      This  volume estimate can be used for setting the sound level in
	      MEncoder such that the maximum dynamic range is utilized.
	      NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be en‐
	      abled once for every audio stream.
		 <v>
		      Sets  the	 desired  gain	in  dB for all channels in the
		      stream from -200dB to  +60dB,  where  -200dB  mutes  the
		      sound  completely	 and  +60dB equals a gain of 1000 (de‐
		      fault: 0).
		 <sc>
		      Turns soft clipping on (1) or  off  (0).	 Soft-clipping
		      can  make the sound more smooth if very high volume lev‐
		      els are used.  Enable this option if the	dynamic	 range
		      of the loudspeakers is very low.
		      WARNING:	This  feature creates distortion and should be
		      considered a last resort.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
		      Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip  if  the
		      sound level is too high.

       pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
	      Mixes channels arbitrarily.  Basically a combination of the vol‐
	      ume and the channels filter that can be used  to	down-mix  many
	      channels	to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the "width"
	      of the center speaker in a surround sound system.	  This	filter
	      is  hard	to use, and will require some tinkering before the de‐
	      sired result is obtained.	 The number of options for this filter
	      depends  on  the	number	of output channels.  An example how to
	      downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter  can
	      be found in the examples section near the end.
		 <n>
		      number of output channels (1-6)
		 <Lij>
		      How much of input channel i is mixed into output channel
		      j (0-1).	So in principle you first have n numbers  say‐
		      ing what to do with the first input channel, then n num‐
		      bers that act on the second input channel etc.   If  you
		      do not specify any numbers for some input channels, 0 is
		      assumed.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
		      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
		 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
		      Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 in‐
		      tact,  and  mix  channels	 0 and 1 into output channel 2
		      (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

       sub[=fc:ch]
	      Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.   The  audio  data
	      used  for	 creating  the	subwoofer channel is an average of the
	      sound in channel 0 and channel 1.	 The resulting sound  is  then
	      low-pass	filtered  by a 4th order Butterworth filter with a de‐
	      fault cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a  separate  channel
	      in the audio stream.
	      Warning: Disable this filter when you are playing DVDs with Dol‐
	      by Digital 5.1 sound, otherwise this  filter  will  disrupt  the
	      sound to the subwoofer.
		 <fc>
		      cutoff  frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to
		      300Hz) (default: 60Hz) For the best result  try  setting
		      the  cutoff frequency as low as possible.	 This will im‐
		      prove the stereo or surround sound experience.
		 <ch>
		      Determines the channel number in	which  to  insert  the
		      sub-channel  audio.  Channel number can be between 0 and
		      5 (default: 5).  Observe that  the  number  of  channels
		      will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
		      Would  add  a sub-woofer channel with a cutoff frequency
		      of 100Hz to output channel 4.

       center
	      Creates a center channel from the front channels.	 May currently
	      be  low  quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for
	      proper extraction yet, but averages and halves the channels  in‐
	      stead.
		 <ch>
		      Determines  the  channel	number	in which to insert the
		      center channel.  Channel number can be between 0	and  5
		      (default:	 5).  Observe that the number of channels will
		      automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       surround[=delay]
	      Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like  Dolby  Surround.
	      Many  files  with 2 channel audio actually contain matrixed sur‐
	      round sound.  Requires a sound card supporting at least 4	 chan‐
	      nels.
		 <delay>
		      delay  time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (de‐
		      fault: 20) This delay should be set as follows: If d1 is
		      the  distance  from  the listening position to the front
		      speakers and d2 is the distance from the listening posi‐
		      tion  to the rear speakers, then the delay should be set
		      to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
		      Would add surround sound decoding with  15ms  delay  for
		      the sound to the rear speakers.

       delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
	      Delays  the  sound  to the loudspeakers such that the sound from
	      the different channels arrives at the listening position	simul‐
	      taneously.  It is only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeak‐
	      ers.
		 ch1,ch2,...
		      The delay in ms that should be imposed on	 each  channel
		      (floating point number between 0 and 1000).

	      To calculate the required delay for the different channels do as
	      follows:

	      1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters  in	 rela‐
		 tion  to your listening position, giving you the distances s1
		 to s5 (for a 5.1 system).  There is no point in  compensating
		 for the subwoofer (you will not hear the difference anyway).

	      2. Subtract  the	distances  s1 to s5 from the maximum distance,
		 i.e. s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5.

	      3. Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] =	1000*s[i]/342;
		 i = 1...5.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
		      Would delay front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear
		      channels and the sub by 0ms and the  center  channel  by
		      7ms.

       export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
	      Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory map‐
	      ping (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas contain a header:

	      int nch			   /*number of channels*/
	      int size			   /*buffer size*/
	      unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync, updated every
					     time new data is exported.*/

	      The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
		 <mmapped_file>
		      file to map data to (default:  ~/.mplayer/mplayer-af_ex‐
		      port)
		 <nsamples>
		      number of samples per channel (default: 512)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
		      Would  export 1024 samples per channel to '/tmp/mplayer-
		      af_export'.

       extrastereo[=mul]
	      (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right chan‐
	      nels which adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
		 <mul>
		      Sets  the	 difference  coefficient  (default: 2.5).  0.0
		      means mono sound (average of both	 channels),  with  1.0
		      sound  will be unchanged, with -1.0 left and right chan‐
		      nels will be swapped.

       volnorm[=method:target]
	      Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
		 <method>
		      Sets the used method.
			 1: Use a single sample to smooth the  variations  via
			 the  standard	weighted  mean	over past samples (de‐
			 fault).
			 2: Use several samples to smooth the  variations  via
			 the standard weighted mean over past samples.

		 <target>
		      Sets  the	 target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum
		      for the sample type (default: 0.25).

       ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
	      Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API)	 plug‐
	      in.  This filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be
	      used at once.
		 <file>
		      Specifies	 the   LADSPA	plugin	 library   file.    If
		      LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.
		      If it is not set, you  must  supply  a  fully  specified
		      pathname.
		 <label>
		      Specifies the filter within the library.	Some libraries
		      contain only one filter,	but  others  contain  many  of
		      them.   Entering	'help'	here,  will list all available
		      filters within the specified library,  which  eliminates
		      the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
		 <controls>
		      Controls are zero or more floating point values that de‐
		      termine the behavior of the loaded plugin	 (for  example
		      delay,  threshold	 or gain).  In verbose mode (add -v to
		      the MPlayer command line), all  available	 controls  and
		      their valid ranges are printed.  This eliminates the use
		      of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.

       comp
	      Compressor/expander filter usable for  microphone	 input.	  Pre‐
	      vents artifacts on very loud sound and raises the volume on very
	      low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       gate
	      Noise gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter
	      is untested, maybe even unusable.

       karaoke
	      Simple  voice  removal  filter exploiting the fact that voice is
	      usually recorded with mono gear and later	 'center'  mixed  onto
	      the  final audio stream.	Beware that this filter will turn your
	      signal into mono.	 Works well for 2 channel tracks; do not both‐
	      er trying it on anything but 2 channel stereo.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
	      Scales  audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to
	      playback speed (default).
	      This works by playing ´stride´ ms of audio at normal speed  then
	      consuming	 ´stride*scale´	 ms  of	 input	audio.	 It pieces the
	      strides together by blending ´overlap´%  of  stride  with	 audio
	      following	 the  previous stride.	It optionally performs a short
	      statistical analysis on the next ´search´ ms of audio to	deter‐
	      mine the best overlap position.
		 scale=<amount>
		      Nominal  amount  to  scale tempo.	 Scales this amount in
		      addition to speed.  (default: 1.0)
		 stride=<amount>
		      Length in milliseconds to output each stride.  Too  high
		      of  value	 will  cause  noticable	 skips	at  high scale
		      amounts and an echo at low scale amounts.	 Very low val‐
		      ues  will alter pitch.  Increasing improves performance.
		      (default: 60)
		 overlap=<percent>
		      Percentage of stride to  overlap.	  Decreasing  improves
		      performance.  (default: .20)
		 search=<amount>
		      Length  in milliseconds to search for best overlap posi‐
		      tion.  Decreasing improves performance greatly.  On slow
		      systems,	you  will  probably want to set this very low.
		      (default: 14)
		 speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
		      Set response to speed change.
			 tempo
			      Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
			 pitch
			      Reverses effect of filter.  Scales pitch without
			      altering	   tempo.      Add    ´[    speed_mult
			      0.9438743126816935´    and     ´]	    speed_mult
			      1.059463094352953´ to your input.conf to step by
			      musical semi-tones.  WARNING:  Loses  sync  with
			      video.
			 both Scale both tempo and pitch.
			 none Ignore speed changes.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af scaletempo -speed 1.2 media.ogg
		      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
		      normal pitch.  Changing playback speed, would change au‐
		      dio tempo to match.
		 mplayer  -af  scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none	-speed 1.2 me‐
		 dia.ogg
		      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
		      normal  pitch, but changing playback speed has no effect
		      on audio tempo.
		 mplayer  -af  scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10  me‐
		 dia.ogg
		      Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
		 mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
		      Would  make  scaletempo use float code.  Maybe faster on
		      some platforms.
		 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
		      Would playback audio file at 1.2x normal speed, with au‐
		      dio  at  normal  pitch.	Changing playback speed, would
		      change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

VIDEO FILTERS
       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
	      Setup a chain of video filters.

       Many  parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted.  To
       explicitly use a default value set a parameter to '-1'.	Parameters w:h
       means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the
       upper left corner of the bigger image.
       NOTE: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
	      Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
	      at 0, negative numbers address the end of the list  (-1  is  the
	      last).

       -vf-clr
	      Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       -vf <filter>=help
	      Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a par‐
	      ticular filter.

       -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
	      Sets a named parameter to the given value.  Use on  and  off  or
	      yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
	      Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest.	Useful
	      to remove black bands from widescreen movies.
		 <w>,<h>
		      Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and
		      height.
		 <x>,<y>
		      Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       cropdetect[=limit:round]
	      Calculates  necessary  cropping parameters and prints the recom‐
	      mended parameters to stdout.
		 <limit>
		      Threshold, which can be optionally specified from	 noth‐
		      ing (0) to everything (255) (default: 24).
		 <round>
		      Value which the width/height should be divisible by (de‐
		      fault: 16).  The offset  is  automatically  adjusted  to
		      center  the  video.   Use	 2 to get only even dimensions
		      (needed for 4:2:2 video).	 16 is best when  encoding  to
		      most video codecs.

       rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
	      Draws a rectangle of the requested width and height at the spec‐
	      ified coordinates over the image and  prints  current  rectangle
	      parameters  to  the  console.   This can be used to find optimal
	      cropping parameters.   If	 you  bind  the	 input.conf  directive
	      'change_rectangle'  to  keystrokes,  you can move and resize the
	      rectangle on the fly.
		 <w>,<h>
		      width and height (default: -1,  maximum  possible	 width
		      where boundaries are still visible.)
		 <x>,<y>
		      top  left	 corner position (default: -1, uppermost left‐
		      most)

       expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
	      Expands (not scales) movie resolution to	the  given  value  and
	      places  the  unscaled original at coordinates x, y.  Can be used
	      for placing subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.

		 <w>,<h>
		      Expanded width,height (default: original	width,height).
		      Negative	values	for  w and h are treated as offsets to
		      the original size.

		      EXAMPLE:
			   expand=0:-50:0:0
				  Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of  the
				  picture.

		 <x>,<y>
		      position	of  original  image on the expanded image (de‐
		      fault: center)

		 <o>
		      OSD/subtitle rendering
			 0: disable (default)
			 1: enable

		 <a>
		      Expands to fit an aspect instead of  a  resolution  (de‐
		      fault: 0).

		      EXAMPLE:
			   expand=800:::::4/3
				  Expands  to  800x600,	 unless	 the source is
				  higher resolution, in which case it  expands
				  to fill a 4/3 aspect.

		 <r>
		      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
		      (default: 1).

       flip (also see -flip)
	      Flips the image upside down.

       mirror
	      Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=<0-7>]
	      Rotates the image by 90 degrees and optionally  flips  it.   For
	      values  between  4-7 rotation is only done if the movie geometry
	      is portrait and not landscape.

		 0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

		 1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

		 2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

		 3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

       scale[=w:h[:ilaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:presize[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
	      Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs  a
	      YUV<->RGB colorspace conversion (also see -sws).

		 <w>,<h>
		      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
		      NOTE:  If -zoom is used, and underlying filters (includ‐
		      ing libvo) are incapable	of  scaling,  it  defaults  to
		      d_width/d_height!
			  0:   scaled d_width/d_height
			 -1:   original width/height
			 -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 prescaled aspect ratio.
			 -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original aspect ratio.
			 -(n+8):  Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to
			 the closest multiple of 16.

		 <ilaced>
		      Toggle interlaced scaling.
			 0: off (default)
			 1: on

		 <chr_drop>
		      chroma skipping
			 0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
			 1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
			 2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
			 3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

		 <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
		      Set some scaling parameters depending  on	 the  type  of
		      scaler selected with -sws.
			 -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
			 0.00:0.60 default
			 0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
			 0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
			 0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
			 1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
			 -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
			 -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

		 <presize>
		      Scale to preset sizes.
			 qntsc:	  352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
			 qpal:	  352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
			 ntsc:	  720x480 (standard NTSC)
			 pal:	  720x576 (standard PAL)
			 sntsc:	  640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
			 spal:	  768x576 (square pixel PAL)

		 <noup>
		      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
			 0: Allow upscaling (default).
			 1:  Disallow  upscaling  if one dimension exceeds its
			 original value.
			 2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their
			 original values.

		 <arnd>
		      Accurate	rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be
		      faster or slower than the default rounding.
			 0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
			 1: Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
	      Changes the intended display size/aspect at an  arbitrary	 point
	      in the filter chain.  Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or
	      floating point number (1.33).  Alternatively,  you  may  specify
	      the exact display width and height desired.  Note that this fil‐
	      ter does not do any scaling itself; it just affects  what	 later
	      scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to cor‐
	      rect aspect.

		 <w>,<h>
		      New display width and height.  Can also be these special
		      values:
			  0:   original display width and height
			 -1:   original video width and height (default)
			 -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original display aspect ratio.
			 -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original video aspect ratio.

		 EXAMPLE:
			   dsize=800:-2
				  Specifies  a	display	 resolution of 800x600
				  for a 4/3 aspect video,  or  800x450	for  a
				  16/9 aspect video.
		 <aspect-method>
		      Modifies	width  and height according to original aspect
		      ratios.
			 -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
			  0: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
			 maximum resolution.
			  1: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
			 minimum resolution.
			  2: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and  <h>  as
			 maximum resolution.
			  3:  Keep  video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
			 minimum resolution.

		 EXAMPLE:
			   dsize=800:600:0
				  Specifies a display resolution  of  at  most
				  800x600,  or	smaller,  in order to keep as‐
				  pect.

		 <r>
		      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
		      (default: 1).

       yuy2
	      Forces  software	YV12/I420/422P to YUY2 conversion.  Useful for
	      video cards/drivers with slow YV12 but fast YUY2 support.

       yvu9
	      Forces software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.   Deprecated
	      in favor of the software scaler.

       yuvcsp
	      Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real
	      conversion.

       rgb2bgr[=swap]
	      RGB 24/32 <-> BGR 24/32 colorspace conversion.
		 swap
		      Also perform  R <-> B swapping.

       palette
	      RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

       format[=fourcc]
	      Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without  doing  any
	      conversion.   Use together with the scale filter for a real con‐
	      version.
	      NOTE: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
		 <fourcc>
		      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)

       noformat[=fourcc]
	      Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without  doing  any
	      conversion.   Unlike the format filter, this will allow any col‐
	      orspace except the one you specify.
	      NOTE: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
		 <fourcc>
		      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
	      Enables the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters.	  Sub‐
	      filters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepend‐
	      ing a '-'.  Each subfilter and some options have a short	and  a
	      long  name  that can be used interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are
	      the same.	 All subfilters	 share	common	options	 to  determine
	      their scope:
		 a/autoq
		      Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too
		      slow.
		 c/chrom
		      Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
		 y/nochrom
		      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
		 n/noluma
		      Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

	      NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

	      Available subfilters are

		 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      horizontal deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      vertical deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      accurate vertical deblocking filter
			 <difference>: Difference factor where	higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 32).
			 <flatness>:  Flatness	threshold  where  lower values
			 mean more deblocking (default: 39).

		 The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the dif‐
		 ference and flatness values so you cannot set different hori‐
		 zontal and vertical thresholds.

		 h1/x1hdeblock
		      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

		 v1/x1vdeblock
		      experimental vertical deblocking filter

		 dr/dering
		      deringing filter

		 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
		      temporal noise reducer
			 <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
			 <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
			 <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

		 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
		      automatic brightness / contrast correction
			 f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

		 lb/linblenddeint
		      Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces  the
		      given  block  by filtering all lines with a (1 2 1) fil‐
		      ter.

		 li/linipoldeint
		      Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that  deinter‐
		      laces  the  given	 block by linearly interpolating every
		      second line.

		 ci/cubicipoldeint
		      Cubic interpolating  deinterlacing  filter  deinterlaces
		      the  given block by cubically interpolating every second
		      line.

		 md/mediandeint
		      Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the	 given
		      block by applying a median filter to every second line.

		 fd/ffmpegdeint
		      FFmpeg  deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
		      block by filtering every second line with a (-1  4  2  4
		      -1) filter.

		 l5/lowpass5
		      Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that
		      deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines with
		      a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

		 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
		      Overrides	 the  quantizer	 table from the input with the
		      constant quantizer you specify.
			 <quantizer>: quantizer to use

		 de/default
		      default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

		 fa/fast
		      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

		 ac
		      high	quality	     pp	      filter	   combination
		      (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
		      horizontal  and vertical deblocking, deringing and auto‐
		      matic brightness/contrast
		 -vf pp=de/-al
		      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
		 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
		      Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
		 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
		      Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch ver‐
		      tical  deblocking	 on  or off automatically depending on
		      available CPU time.

       spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
	      Simple postprocessing filter that	 compresses  and  decompresses
	      the image at several (or - in the case of quality level 6 - all)
	      shifts and averages the results.

		 <quality>
		      0-6 (default: 3)

		 <qp>
		      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,	 use  QP  from
		      video).

		 <mode>
		      0: hard thresholding (default)
		      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		      4: like 0, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)
		      5: like 1, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)

       uspp[=quality[:qp]]
	      Ultra  simple  &	slow postprocessing filter that compresses and
	      decompresses the image at several (or - in the case  of  quality
	      level  8	-  all) shifts and averages the results.  The way this
	      differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes &
	      decodes  each case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a sim‐
	      plified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

		 <quality>
		      0-8 (default: 3)

		 <qp>
		      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,	 use  QP  from
		      video).

       fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
	      faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

		 <quality>
		      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

		 <qp>
		      Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
		      video).

		 <-15-32>
		      Filter strength, lower values mean more details but also
		      more  artifacts,	while  higher  values  make  the image
		      smoother but also blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR optimal).

		 <bframes>
		      0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
		      1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pp7[=qp[:mode]]
	      Variant of the spp filter, similar to spp=6  with	 7  point  DCT
	      where only the center sample is used after IDCT.

		 <qp>
		      Force  quantization  parameter  (default: 0, use QP from
		      video).

		 <mode>
		      0: hard thresholding
		      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		      2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

       qp=equation
	      quantization parameter (QP) change filter

		 <equation>
		      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       geq=equation
	      generic equation change filter

		 <equation>
		      Some equation, e.g.  'p(W-X\,Y)' to flip the image hori‐
		      zontally.	  You  can use whitespace to make the equation
		      more readable.  There are a couple of constants that can
		      be used in the equation:
			 PI: the number pi
			 E: the number e
			 X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample
			 W / H: width and height of the image
			 SW / SH: width/height scale depending on the current‐
			 ly filtered plane,  e.g.  1,1	and  0.5,0.5  for  YUV
			 4:2:0.
			 p(x,y):  returns  the	value of the pixel at location
			 x/y of the current plane.

       test
	      Generate various test patterns.

       rgbtest[=width:height]
	      Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR is‐
	      sues.   You  should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to
	      bottom.

		 <width>
		      Desired width of generated image (default: 0).  0	 means
		      width of input image.

		 <height>
		      Desired height of generated image (default: 0).  0 means
		      height of input image.

       lavc[=quality:fps]
	      Fast software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for  use
	      with DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.

		 <quality>
		      1-31: fixed qscale
		      32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

		 <fps>
		      force  output  fps (float value) (default: 0, autodetect
		      based on height)

       dvbscale[=aspect]
	      Set up optimal scaling for DVB cards,  scaling  the  x  axis  in
	      hardware	and calculating the y axis scaling in software to keep
	      aspect.  Only useful together with expand and scale.

		 <aspect>
		      Control aspect ratio, calculate as  DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRA‐
		      TIO  (default:  576*4/3=768),  set it to 576*(16/9)=1024
		      for a 16:9 TV.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
		      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
	      Adds noise.
		 <0-100>
		      luma noise
		 <0-100>
		      chroma noise
		 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
		 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
		 a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
		 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
		 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
	      This filter aims to reduce image noise producing	smooth	images
	      and  making  still images really still (This should enhance com‐
	      pressibility.).
		 <luma_spatial>
		      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
		 <chroma_spatial>
		      spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
		 <luma_tmp>
		      luma temporal strength (default: 6)
		 <chroma_tmp>
		      chroma temporal strength (default:  luma_tmp*chroma_spa‐
		      tial/luma_spatial)

       hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
	      High precision/quality version of the denoise3d filter.  Parame‐
	      ters and usage are the same.

       ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
	      Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
		 <depth>
		      Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency	compo‐
		      nents more, but slow down filtering (default: 8).
		 <luma_strength>
		      luma strength (default: 1.0)
		 <chroma_strength>
		      chroma strength (default: 1.0)

       eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE)
	      Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the hard‐
	      ware equalizer, for cards/drivers that do not support brightness
	      and  contrast  controls  in hardware.  Might also be useful with
	      MEncoder, either for  fixing  poorly  captured  movies,  or  for
	      slightly	reducing  contrast  to	mask artifacts and get by with
	      lower bitrates.
		 <-100-100>
		      initial brightness
		 <-100-100>
		      initial contrast

       eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
	      Alternative software equalizer that  uses	 lookup	 tables	 (very
	      slow),  allowing	gamma correction in addition to simple bright‐
	      ness and contrast adjustment.  Note that it uses	the  same  MMX
	      optimized	 code  as -vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0.  The pa‐
	      rameters are given as floating point values.
		 <0.1-10>
		      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
		 <-2-2>
		      initial contrast, where negative values result in a neg‐
		      ative image (default: 1.0)
		 <-1-1>
		      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
		 <0-3>
		      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
		 <0-1>
		      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of
		      a high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them
		      from getting overamplified and just plain white.	A val‐
		      ue of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all	the  way  down
		      while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

       hue[=hue:saturation]
	      Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the hard‐
	      ware equalizer, for cards/drivers that do not  support  hue  and
	      saturation controls in hardware.
		 <-180-180>
		      initial hue (default: 0.0)
		 <-100-100>
		      initial  saturation,  where  negative values result in a
		      negative chroma (default: 1.0)

       halfpack[=f]
	      Convert planar YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed  4:2:2,  downsam‐
	      pling luma but keeping all chroma samples.  Useful for output to
	      low-resolution display devices when hardware downscaling is poor
	      quality  or  is  not available.  Can also be used as a primitive
	      luma-only deinterlacer with very low CPU usage.
		 <f>
		      By default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when	 down‐
		      sampling.	 Any value different from 0 or 1 gives the de‐
		      fault (averaging) behavior.
			 0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
			 1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       ilpack[=mode]
	      When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma in‐
	      terlacing does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling
	      of the chroma channels.  This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data
	      into  YUY2  (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines in their proper
	      locations, so that in any given scanline, the  luma  and	chroma
	      data both come from the same field.
		 <mode>
		      Select the sampling mode.
			 0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
			 1: linear interpolation (default)

       harddup
	      Only useful with MEncoder.  If harddup is used when encoding, it
	      will force duplicate frames to be encoded in the	output.	  This
	      uses  slightly  more  space, but is necessary for output to MPEG
	      files or if you plan to demux and remux the video	 stream	 after
	      encoding.	  Should  be  placed  at or near the end of the filter
	      chain unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.

       softskip
	      Only useful with MEncoder.  Softskip moves  the  frame  skipping
	      (dropping) step of encoding from before the filter chain to some
	      point during the filter chain.  This allows filters  which  need
	      to  see  all frames (inverse telecine, temporal denoising, etc.)
	      to function properly.  Should be placed after the filters	 which
	      need  to	see  all frames and before any subsequent filters that
	      are CPU-intensive.

       decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
	      Drops frames that do not differ greatly from the previous	 frame
	      in  order	 to  reduce framerate.	The main use of this filter is
	      for very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g. streaming  over  dialup  mo‐
	      dem), but it could in theory be used for fixing movies that were
	      inverse-telecined incorrectly.
		 <max>
		      Sets the maximum number of consecutive frames which  can
		      be  dropped  (if	positive), or the minimum interval be‐
		      tween dropped frames (if negative).
		 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
		      A frame is a candidate for dropping  if  no  8x8	region
		      differs  by  more	 than  a threshold of <hi>, and if not
		      more than <frac> portion (1  meaning  the	 whole	image)
		      differs  by  more	 than  a threshold of <lo>.  Values of
		      <hi> and <lo> are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent ac‐
		      tual  pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64 cor‐
		      responds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or  the
		      same spread out differently over the block.

       dint[=sense:level]
	      The  drop-deinterlace  (dint) filter detects and drops the first
	      from a set of interlaced video frames.
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default:
		      0.1)
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      What  part of the image has to be detected as interlaced
		      to drop the frame (default: 0.15).

       lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
	      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

       kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
	      Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts
	      of a video if a configurable threshold is exceeded.
		 <0-255>
		      threshold (default: 10)
		 <map>
			 0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
			 1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

		 <order>
			 0: Leave fields alone (default).
			 1: Swap fields.

		 <sharp>
			 0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
			 1: Enable additional sharpening.

		 <twoway>
			 0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
			 1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
	      unsharp mask / gaussian blur

		 l
		      Apply effect on luma component.

		 c
		      Apply effect on chroma components.

		 <width>x<height>
		      width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both direc‐
		      tions (min = 3x3, max = 13x11 or	11x13,	usually	 some‐
		      thing between 3x3 and 7x7)

		 amount
		      Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a
		      sane range should be -1.5-1.5).
			 <0: blur
			 >0: sharpen

       swapuv
	      Swap U & V plane.

       il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
	      (De)interleaves lines.  The goal of this filter is  to  add  the
	      ability  to process interlaced images pre-field without deinter‐
	      lacing them.  You can filter your interlaced DVD and play it  on
	      a	 TV  without  breaking	the  interlacing.  While deinterlacing
	      (with the postprocessing filter) removes interlacing permanently
	      (by  smoothing,  averaging, etc) deinterleaving splits the frame
	      into 2 fields (so called half  pictures),	 so  you  can  process
	      (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
		 d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
		 i    interleave
		 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       fil[=i|d]
	      (De)interleaves  lines.	This  filter is very similar to the il
	      filter but much faster, the main disadvantage is	that  it  does
	      not  always  work.  Especially if combined with other filters it
	      may produce randomly messed up images, so be happy if  it	 works
	      but  do not complain if it does not for your combination of fil‐
	      ters.
		 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
		 i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       field[=n]
	      Extracts a single field from an interlaced  image	 using	stride
	      arithmetic  to  avoid wasting CPU time.  The optional argument n
	      specifies whether to extract the even or the odd field  (depend‐
	      ing on whether n is even or odd).

       detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
	      Attempts	to  reverse the 'telecine' process to recover a clean,
	      non-interlaced stream at film framerate.	This was the first and
	      most  primitive  inverse telecine filter to be added to MPlayer/
	      MEncoder.	 It works by latching onto the	telecine  3:2  pattern
	      and  following  it  as long as possible.	This makes it suitable
	      for perfectly-telecined material, even in the presence of a fair
	      degree  of  noise,  but  it will fail in the presence of complex
	      post-telecine edits.  Development on this filter	is  no	longer
	      taking  place, as ivtc, pullup, and filmdint are better for most
	      applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above) may be
	      used to control detc's behavior:

		 <dr>
		      Set the frame dropping mode.
			 0:  Do not drop frames to maintain fixed output fram‐
			 erate (default).
			 1: Always drop a frame when there have been no	 drops
			 or telecine merges in the past 5 frames.
			 2:  Always  maintain  exact 5:4 input to output frame
			 ratio.
			 NOTE: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

		 <am>
		      Analysis mode.
			 0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number  specified
			 by <fr>.
			 1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

		 <fr>
		      Set initial frame number in sequence.  0-2 are the three
		      clean progressive frames; 3 and 4 are the two interlaced
		      frames.	The  default,  -1,  means 'not in telecine se‐
		      quence'.	The number specified here is the type for  the
		      imaginary previous frame before the movie starts.

		 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
		      Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

       ivtc[=1]
	      Experimental  'stateless'	 inverse telecine filter.  Rather than
	      trying to lock on to a pattern like the detc filter  does,  ivtc
	      makes  its  decisions  independently  for each frame.  This will
	      give much better results for material that has  undergone	 heavy
	      editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is not as
	      forgiving of noisy input, for example TV capture.	 The  optional
	      parameter	 (ivtc=1)  corresponds to the dr=1 option for the detc
	      filter, and should be used with MEncoder but not	with  MPlayer.
	      As  with	detc,  you  must  specify the correct output framerate
	      (-ofps 24000/1001) when using MEncoder.  Further development  on
	      ivtc  has	 stopped, as the pullup and filmdint filters appear to
	      be much more accurate.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
	      Third-generation pulldown reversal  (inverse  telecine)  filter,
	      capable of handling mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progres‐
	      sive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.  The pullup filter
	      is  designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc, by taking
	      advantage of future context in making its decisions.  Like ivtc,
	      pullup  is  stateless  in the sense that it does not lock onto a
	      pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following
	      fields  in  order	 to  identify  matches and rebuild progressive
	      frames.  It is still under development, but believed to be quite
	      accurate.

		 jl, jr, jt, and jb
		      These  options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the
		      left, right, top, and bottom of the image, respectively.
		      Left/right  are  in  units of 8 pixels, while top/bottom
		      are in units of 2 lines.	The default  is	 8  pixels  on
		      each side.

		 sb (strict breaks)
		      Setting  this  option  to	 1  will reduce the chances of
		      pullup generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it
		      may  also	 cause	an  excessive  number  of frames to be
		      dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely,  set‐
		      ting it to -1 will make pullup match fields more easily.
		      This may help processing of video where there is	slight
		      blurring between the fields, but may also cause there to
		      be interlaced frames in the output.

		 mp (metric plane)
		      This option may be set to 1 or 2 to use a	 chroma	 plane
		      instead  of  the	luma plane for doing pullup's computa‐
		      tions.  This may improve accuracy on very	 clean	source
		      material,	 but more likely will decrease accuracy, espe‐
		      cially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or  any
		      grayscale	 video.	  The  main purpose of setting mp to a
		      chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and make  pullup  us‐
		      able in realtime on slow machines.

	      NOTE:  Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when encod‐
	      ing to ensure that pullup is able to see each frame.  Failure to
	      do  so will lead to incorrect output and will usually crash, due
	      to design limitations in the codec/filter layer.

       filmdint[=options]
	      Inverse telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above.  It
	      is designed to handle any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft
	      and hard telecine and limited support for movies that are slowed
	      down  or sped up from their original framerate for TV.  Only the
	      luma plane is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field has  no
	      match,  it is deinterlaced with simple linear approximation.  If
	      the source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow ac‐
	      cess to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2 decoder.  Depending on
	      the source MPEG, you may be fine ignoring this advice,  as  long
	      as  you  do not see lots of "Bottom-first field" warnings.  With
	      no options it does normal inverse telecine, and should  be  used
	      together	with  mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 24000/1001.  When
	      this filter is used with mplayer, it will result	in  an	uneven
	      framerate during playback, but it is still generally better than
	      using pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all.  Multiple options can be
	      specified separated by /.

		 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
		      Just  like  the  crop  filter,  but faster, and works on
		      mixed hard and soft telecined content as well as when  y
		      is  not  a multiple of 4.	 If x or y would require crop‐
		      ping fractional pixels from the chroma planes, the  crop
		      area  is extended.  This usually means that x and y must
		      be even.

		 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
		      For each ifps input frames the filter will  output  ofps
		      frames.	 The  ratio  of	 ifps/ofps  should  match  the
		      -fps/-ofps ratio.	 This could be used to	filter	movies
		      that  are broadcast on TV at a frame rate different from
		      their original framerate.

		 luma_only=<n>
		      If n is nonzero, the chroma plane is  copied  unchanged.
		      This  is	useful for YV12 sampled TV, which discards one
		      of the chroma fields.

		 mmx2=<n>
		      On x86, if n=1, use MMX2 optimized  functions,  if  n=2,
		      use 3DNow!  optimized functions, otherwise, use plain C.
		      If this option is not specified, MMX2 and 3DNow! are au‐
		      to-detected, use this option to override auto-detection.

		 fast=<n>
		      The  larger n will speed up the filter at the expense of
		      accuracy.	 The default value is n=3.  If	n  is  odd,  a
		      frame  immediately following a frame marked with the RE‐
		      PEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be progressive,
		      thus  filter  will  not spend any time on soft-telecined
		      MPEG-2 content.  This is the only effect of this flag if
		      MMX2 or 3DNow! is available.  Without MMX2 and 3DNow, if
		      n=0 or 1, the same calculations will be used as with n=2
		      or  3.   If  n=2 or 3, the number of luma levels used to
		      find the frame breaks is reduced from 256 to 128,	 which
		      results in a faster filter without losing much accuracy.
		      If n=4 or 5, a faster, but  much	less  accurate	metric
		      will  be	used  to  find the frame breaks, which is more
		      likely to misdetect high vertical detail	as  interlaced
		      content.

		 verbose=<n>
		      If  n  is	 nonzero,  print the detailed metrics for each
		      frame.  Useful for debugging.

		 dint_thres=<n>
		      Deinterlace threshold.  Used  during  de-interlacing  of
		      unmatched	 frames.   Larger value means less deinterlac‐
		      ing, use n=256 to	 completely  turn  off	deinterlacing.
		      Default is n=8.

		 comb_thres=<n>
		      Threshold	 for  comparing	 a top and bottom fields.  De‐
		      faults to 128.

		 diff_thres=<n>
		      Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default
		      is 128.

		 sad_thres=<n>
		      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       softpulldown
	      This  filter  works  only	 correct with MEncoder and acts on the
	      MPEG-2 flags used for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).	If you
	      want  to	use  the ivtc or detc filter on movies that are partly
	      soft telecined, inserting this filter before  them  should  make
	      them more reliable.

       divtc[=options]
	      Inverse	telecine  for  deinterlaced  video.   If  3:2-pulldown
	      telecined video has lost one of the fields  or  is  deinterlaced
	      using  a method that keeps one field and interpolates the other,
	      the result is a juddering video that has every fourth frame  du‐
	      plicated.	 This filter is intended to find and drop those dupli‐
	      cates and restore the original film framerate.  When using  this
	      filter, you must specify -ofps that is 4/5 of the fps of the in‐
	      put file and place the softskip later in	the  filter  chain  to
	      make  sure  that divtc sees all the frames.  Two different modes
	      are available: One pass mode is the default and is  straightfor‐
	      ward  to	use,  but has the disadvantage that any changes in the
	      telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits) cause momentary judder
	      until the filter can resync again.  Two pass mode avoids this by
	      analyzing the whole video beforehand so  it  will	 have  forward
	      knowledge	 about	the  phase changes and can resync at the exact
	      spot.  These passes do not correspond to pass one and two of the
	      encoding	process.   You must run an extra pass using divtc pass
	      one before the actual  encoding  throwing	 the  resulting	 video
	      away.   Use  -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null to avoid wasting CPU
	      power for this pass.  You may add	 something  like  crop=2:2:0:0
	      after  divtc  to speed things up even more.  Then use divtc pass
	      two for the actual encoding.  If you use multiple encoder	 pass‐
	      es, use divtc pass two for all of them.  The options are:

		 pass=1|2
		      Use two pass mode.

		 file=<filename>
		      Set   the	 two  pass  log	 filename  (default:  "framed‐
		      iff.log").

		 threshold=<value>
		      Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must  have
		      for the filter to believe in it (default: 0.5).  This is
		      used to avoid recognizing false pattern from  the	 parts
		      of the video that are very dark or very still.

		 window=<numframes>
		      Set  the number of past frames to look at when searching
		      for pattern (default: 30).  Longer window	 improves  the
		      reliability  of  the  pattern search, but shorter window
		      improves	the  reaction  time  to	 the  changes  in  the
		      telecine	phase.	 This  only affects the one pass mode.
		      The two pass mode currently uses fixed window  that  ex‐
		      tends to both future and past.

		 phase=0|1|2|3|4
		      Sets  the	 initial telecine phase for one pass mode (de‐
		      fault: 0).  The two pass mode can see the future, so  it
		      is able to use the correct phase from the beginning, but
		      one pass mode can only guess.  It	 catches  the  correct
		      phase  when  it finds it, but this option can be used to
		      fix the possible juddering at the beginning.  The	 first
		      pass of the two pass mode also uses this, so if you save
		      the output from the first pass, you get  constant	 phase
		      result.

		 deghost=<value>
		      Set  the	deghosting threshold (0-255 for one pass mode,
		      -255-255 for two pass mode,  default  0).	  If  nonzero,
		      deghosting  mode	is  used.   This is for video that has
		      been deinterlaced by blending the	 fields	 together  in‐
		      stead  of dropping one of the fields.  Deghosting ampli‐
		      fies any compression artifacts in the blended frames, so
		      the  parameter  value  is used as a threshold to exclude
		      those pixels from deghosting that differ from the previ‐
		      ous  frame  less than specified value.  If two pass mode
		      is used, then negative value can be  used	 to  make  the
		      filter  analyze  the  whole  video  in  the beginning of
		      pass-2 to determine whether it needs deghosting  or  not
		      and then select either zero or the absolute value of the
		      parameter.  Specify this option for pass-2, it makes  no
		      difference on pass-1.

       phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
	      Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order
	      changes.	The intended use is to fix PAL movies that  have  been
	      captured	with  the  opposite  field  order to the film-to-video
	      transfer.	 The options are:

		 t    Capture field order  top-first,  transfer	 bottom-first.
		      Filter will delay the bottom field.

		 b    Capture  bottom-first,  transfer top-first.  Filter will
		      delay the top field.

		 p    Capture and transfer with the same  field	 order.	  This
		      mode  only exists for the documentation of the other op‐
		      tions to refer to, but if you actually  select  it,  the
		      filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)

		 a    Capture  field  order  determined automatically by field
		      flags, transfer opposite.	 Filter selects among t and  b
		      modes  on	 a frame by frame basis using field flags.  If
		      no field information is available, then this works  just
		      like u.

		 u    Capture  unknown	or varying, transfer opposite.	Filter
		      selects among t and b on a frame by frame basis by  ana‐
		      lyzing  the  images  and	selecting the alternative that
		      produces best match between the fields.

		 T    Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.	Filter
		      selects among t and p using image analysis.

		 B    Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Fil‐
		      ter selects among b and p using image analysis.

		 A    Capture determined by field flags, transfer  unknown  or
		      varying.	 Filter	 selects  among t, b and p using field
		      flags and image analysis.	 If no	field  information  is
		      available, then this works just like U.  This is the de‐
		      fault mode.

		 U    Both capture and transfer unknown	 or  varying.	Filter
		      selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

		 v    Verbose  operation.   Prints  the selected mode for each
		      frame and the average squared difference between	fields
		      for t, b, and p alternatives.

       telecine[=start]
	      Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase framerate by 20%.  This
	      most likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but it can  be
	      used   with  'mencoder  -fps  30000/1001	-ofps  30000/1001  -vf
	      telecine'.  Both fps options  are	 essential!   (A/V  sync  will
	      break  if	 they  are wrong.)  The optional start parameter tells
	      the filter where in the telecine pattern to start (0-3).

       tinterlace[=mode]
	      Temporal field interlacing - merge pairs of frames into  an  in‐
	      terlaced	frame,	halving	 the framerate.	 Even frames are moved
	      into the upper field, odd frames to the lower field.   This  can
	      be  used	to  fully reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in
	      mode 0).	Available modes are:
		 0    Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the low‐
		      er field, generating a full-height frame at half framer‐
		      ate.
		 1    Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped;	height
		      unchanged.
		 2    Only  output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height
		      unchanged.
		 3    Expand each frame to  full  height,  but	pad  alternate
		      lines with black; framerate unchanged.
		 4    Interleave  even	lines  from even frames with odd lines
		      from odd frames.	Height unchanged at half framerate.

       tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
	      Temporal field separation - split fields into  frames,  doubling
	      the  output  framerate.	Like the telecine filter, tfields will
	      only work properly with MEncoder, and only if both -fps and -of‐
	      ps are set to the desired (double) framerate!
		 <mode>
		      0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
		      1:  Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might
		      not be so good.)
		      2: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear  interpola‐
		      tion (no jump).
		      4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter (high‐
		      er quality) (default).
		 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
		      -1: auto (default) Only works if the decoder exports the
		      appropriate  information and no other filters which dis‐
		      card that information come before tfields in the	filter
		      chain, otherwise it falls back to 0 (top field first).
		      0: top field first
		      1: bottom field first
		      NOTE:  This  option will possibly be removed in a future
		      version.	Use -field-dominance instead.

       yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
	      Yet another deinterlacing filter
		 <mode>
		      0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
		      1: Output 1 frame for each field.
		      2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
		      3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
		 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
		      Operates like tfields.
		      NOTE: This option will possibly be removed in  a	future
		      version.	Use -field-dominance instead.

       mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
	      Motion  compensating deinterlacer.  It needs one field per frame
	      as input and must	 thus  be  used	 together  with	 tfields=1  or
	      yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
		 <mode>
		      0: fast
		      1: medium
		      2: slow, iterative motion estimation
		      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
		 <parity>
		      0	 or  1 selects which field to use (note: no autodetec‐
		      tion yet!).
		 <qp>
		      Higher values should result in a smoother motion	vector
		      field but less optimal individual vectors.

       boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
	      box blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength
		 <power>
		      number of filter applications

       sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
	      shape adaptive blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
		 <pf>
		      prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
		 <colorDiff>
		      maximum difference between pixels to still be considered
		      (~0.1-100.0)

       smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
	      smart blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
		 <strength>
		      blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
		 <threshold>
		      filter all (0), filter flat areas (0-30) or filter edges
		      (-30-0)

       perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
	      Correct  the  perspective	 of movies not filmed perpendicular to
	      the screen.
		 <x0>,<y0>,...
		      coordinates of the top left,  top	 right,	 bottom	 left,
		      bottom right corners
		 <t>
		      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       2xsai
	      Scale and smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate al‐
	      gorithm.

       1bpp
	      1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

       down3dright[=lines]
	      Reposition and resize stereoscopic images.  Extracts both stereo
	      fields  and  places them side by side, resizing them to maintain
	      the original movie aspect.
		 <lines>
		      number of lines to select from the middle of  the	 image
		      (default: 12)

       bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
	      The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays
	      them on top of the movie, allowing some transformations  on  the
	      image.   Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test pro‐
	      gram.
		 <hidden>
		      Set the default value of the 'hidden'  flag  (0=visible,
		      1=hidden).
		 <opaque>
		      Set  the default value of the 'opaque' flag (0=transpar‐
		      ent, 1=opaque).
		 <fifo>
		      path/filename  for  the  FIFO  (named  pipe   connecting
		      'mplayer -vf bmovl' to the controlling application)

	      FIFO commands are:
		 RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
		 ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
		 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
		 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
		 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
		      Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
		 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
		      Clear area.
		 OPAQUE
		      Disable  all alpha transparency.	Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0"
		      to enable it again.
		 HIDE
		      Hide bitmap.
		 SHOW
		      Show bitmap.

	      Arguments are:
		 <width>, <height>
		      image/area size
		 <xpos>, <ypos>
		      Start blitting at position x/y.
		 <alpha>
		      Set alpha difference.  If you set this to -255  you  can
		      then  send  a sequence of ALPHA-commands to set the area
		      to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
			 0:    same as original
			 255:  Make everything opaque.
			 -255: Make everything transparent.

		 <clear>
		      Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
			 0: The image will just be blitted on top of  the  old
			 one,  so you do not need to send 1.8MB of RGBA32 data
			 every time a small part of the screen is updated.
			 1: clear

       framestep=I|[i]step
	      Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

	      If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then
	      only keyframes are rendered.  For DVDs it generally means one in
	      every 15/12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), for	 AVI  it  means	 every
	      scene  change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts keyint= value
	      if you use MEncoder to encode the video).

	      When a keyframe is found, an 'I!' string followed by  a  newline
	      character	 is  printed, leaving the current line of MPlayer/MEn‐
	      coder output on the screen, because it  contains	the  time  (in
	      seconds)	and frame number of the keyframe (You can use this in‐
	      formation to split the AVI.).

	      If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only
	      one in every 'step' frames is rendered.

	      If  you put an 'i' (lowercase) before the number then an 'I!' is
	      printed (like the I parameter).

	      If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames,  only
	      I! is printed.

       tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
	      Tile  a  series  of  images into a single, bigger image.	If you
	      omit a parameter or use a value less than 0,  then  the  default
	      value  is	 used.	 You can also stop when you are satisfied (...
	      -vf tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale
	      filter before the tile :-)

	      The parameters are:

		 <xtiles>
		      number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
		 <ytiles>
		      number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
		 <output>
		      Render  the  tile	 when  'output'	 number	 of frames are
		      reached, where 'output' should be	 a  number  less  than
		      xtile  *	ytile.	 Missing  tiles	 are  left blank.  You
		      could, for example, write an 8 * 7 tile every 50	frames
		      to have one image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps.
		 <start>
		      outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
		 <delta>
		      inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

       delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
	      Suppresses  a  TV	 station logo by a simple interpolation of the
	      surrounding pixels.  Just set a rectangle covering the logo  and
	      watch it disappear (and sometimes something even uglier appear -
	      your mileage may vary).
		 <x>,<y>
		      top left corner of the logo
		 <w>,<h>
		      width and height of the cleared rectangle
		 <t>  Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w
		      and  h).	 When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on
		      the screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h parame‐
		      ters.

       remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
	      Suppresses  a  TV station logo, using a PGM or PPM image file to
	      determine which pixels comprise the logo.	 The width and	height
	      of  the  image  file  must match those of the video stream being
	      processed.  Uses the filter image and a circular blur  algorithm
	      to remove the logo.

		 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
		      [path] + filename of the filter image.

       zrmjpeg[=options]
	      Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output
	      device.

		 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
		      These options set the maximum width and  height  the  zr
		      card can handle (the MPlayer filter layer currently can‐
		      not query those).

		 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
		      Use these options to set maxwidth and maxheight automat‐
		      ically to the values known for card/mode combo.  For ex‐
		      ample, valid options are:	 dc10-PAL  and	buz-NTSC  (de‐
		      fault: dc10+PAL)

		 color|bw
		      Select  color  or	 black	and white encoding.  Black and
		      white encoding is faster.	 Color is the default.

		 hdec={1,2,4}
		      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

		 vdec={1,2,4}
		      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

		 quality=1-20
		      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

		 fd|nofd
		      By default, decimation is only performed	if  the	 Zoran
		      hardware	can  upscale the resulting MJPEG images to the
		      original size.  The option fd instructs  the  filter  to
		      always perform the requested decimation (ugly).

       screenshot
	      Allows  acquiring screenshots of the movie using slave mode com‐
	      mands that can be bound to keypresses.  See the slave mode docu‐
	      mentation	 and  the  INTERACTIVE	CONTROL	 section  for details.
	      Files named 'shotNNNN.png' will be saved in the working directo‐
	      ry,  using  the  first available number - no files will be over‐
	      written.	The filter has no overhead when not used  and  accepts
	      an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe to add it to the configu‐
	      ration file.

       ass
	      Moves SSA/ASS subtitle rendering to an arbitrary	point  in  the
	      filter chain.  Only useful with the -ass option.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf ass,screenshot
		      Moves  SSA/ASS  rendering	 before the screenshot filter.
		      Screenshots taken this way will contain subtitles.

       blackframe[=amount:threshold]
	      Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.	 Can be useful
	      to detect chapter transitions or commercials.  Output lines con‐
	      sist of the frame number of the detected frame,  the  percentage
	      of  blackness,  the  frame type and the frame number of the last
	      encountered keyframe.

		 <amount>
		      Percentage of the pixels	that  have  to	be  below  the
		      threshold (default: 98).

		 <threshold>
		      Threshold	 below which a pixel value is considered black
		      (default: 32).

GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
       -audio-delay <any floating-point number>
	      Delays either audio or video by setting a	 delay	field  in  the
	      header  (default: 0.0).  This does not delay either stream while
	      encoding, but the player will see the delay field and compensate
	      accordingly.  Positive values delay the audio, and negative val‐
	      ues delay the video.  Note that this is the  exact  opposite  of
	      the -delay option.  For example, if a video plays correctly with
	      -delay 0.2, you can fix the video with MEncoder  by  using  -au‐
	      dio-delay -0.2.

	      Currently,  this	option	only works with the default muxer (-of
	      avi).  If you are using a different muxer,  then	you  must  use
	      -delay instead.

       -audio-density <1-50>
	      Number  of  audio	 chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long
	      audio chunks).
	      NOTE: CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new
	      chunk.

       -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
	      Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

       -fafmttag <format>
	      Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -fafmttag 0x55
		      Will  have  the  output file contain 0x55 (mp3) as audio
		      format tag.

       -ffourcc <fourcc>
	      Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ffourcc div3
		      Will have the output file contain 'div3' as video	 four‐
		      cc.

       -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
	      Override the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This
	      can be used to change the aspect ratio with '-ovc copy'.

       -frameno-file <filename> (DEPRECATED)
	      Specify the name of the audio  file  with	 framenumber  mappings
	      created  in  the first (audio only) pass of a special three pass
	      encoding mode.
	      NOTE: Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.   Do
	      not  use	it.   It  is kept for backwards compatibility only and
	      will possibly be removed in a future version.

       -hr-edl-seek
	      Use a more precise, but much slower method for  skipping	areas.
	      Areas  marked  for  skipping  are	 not  seeked over, instead all
	      frames are decoded, but only the necessary frames	 are  encoded.
	      This allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
	      NOTE: Not guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

       -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only)
	      Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

	      Available options are:

		 help
		      Show this description.

		 name=<value>
		      title of the work

		 artist=<value>
		      artist or author of the work

		 genre=<value>
		      original work category

		 subject=<value>
		      contents of the work

		 copyright=<value>
		      copyright information

		 srcform=<value>
		      original format of the digitized material

		 comment=<value>
		      general comments about the work

       -noautoexpand
	      Do  not automatically insert the expand filter into the MEncoder
	      filter chain.  Useful to control at which point  of  the	filter
	      chain  subtitles	are  rendered when hardcoding subtitles onto a
	      movie.

       -noencodedups
	      Do not attempt to encode duplicate frames in  duplicate;	always
	      output  zero-byte	 frames	 to  indicate  duplicates.   Zero-byte
	      frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable
	      of  doing duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only such
	      filter is harddup.

       -noodml (-of avi only)
	      Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       -noskip
	      Do not skip frames.

       -o <filename>
	      Outputs to the given filename.
	      If you want a default output filename, you can put  this	option
	      in the MEncoder config file.

       -oac <codec name>
	      Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
	      NOTE: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -oac copy
		      no encoding, just streamcopy
		 -oac pcm
		      Encode to uncompressed PCM.
		 -oac mp3lame
		      Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
		 -oac lavc
		      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
	      Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
	      NOTE: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -of avi
		      Encode to AVI.
		 -of mpeg
		      Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
		 -of lavf
		      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
		 -of rawvideo
		      raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
		 -of rawaudio
		      raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

       -ofps <fps>
	      Specify  a  frames  per  second (fps) value for the output file,
	      which can be different from that of the source  material.	  Must
	      be  set  for  variable  fps  (ASF,  some	MOV)  and  progressive
	      (30000/1001 fps telecined MPEG) files.

       -ovc <codec name>
	      Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
	      NOTE: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ovc copy
		      no encoding, just streamcopy
		 -ovc raw
		      Encode to an arbitrary  uncompressed  format  (use  '-vf
		      format' to select).
		 -ovc lavc
		      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -passlogfile <filename>
	      Dump first pass information to <filename> instead of the default
	      divx2pass.log in two pass encoding mode.

       -skiplimit <value>
	      Specify the maximum number of frames that may be	skipped	 after
	      encoding one frame (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

       -vobsubout <basename>
	      Specify  the  basename for the output .idx and .sub files.  This
	      turns off subtitle rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it
	      to VOBsub subtitle files.

       -vobsuboutid <langid>
	      Specify  the  language  two letter code for the subtitles.  This
	      overrides what is read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

       -vobsuboutindex <index>
	      Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default:
	      0).

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
       You  can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following
       syntax:

       -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

       Where <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, lame, toolame, twolame, nuv, xvfw,
       faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   lame (-lameopts)
       help
	      get help

       vbr=<0-4>
	      variable bitrate method
		 0    cbr
		 1    mt
		 2    rh (default)
		 3    abr
		 4    mtrh

       abr
	      average bitrate

       cbr
	      constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR
	      presets modes.

       br=<0-1024>
	      bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       q=<0-9>
	      quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

       aq=<0-9>
	      algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       ratio=<1-100>
	      compression ratio

       vol=<0-10>
	      audio input gain

       mode=<0-3>
	      (default: auto)
		 0    stereo
		 1    joint-stereo
		 2    dualchannel
		 3    mono

       padding=<0-2>
		 0    none
		 1    all
		 2    adjust

       fast
	      Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes.  This
	      results in slightly lower quality and higher bitrates.

       highpassfreq=<freq>
	      Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.	 Frequencies below the
	      specified one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable  fil‐
	      tering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

       lowpassfreq=<freq>
	      Set  a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.	 Frequencies above the
	      specified one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable  fil‐
	      tering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

       preset=<value>
	      preset values

		 help
		      Print  additional	 options and information about presets
		      settings.

		 medium
		      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

		 standard
		      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

		 extreme
		      VBR encoding, very high quality,	200-240	 kbps  bitrate
		      range

		 insane
		      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

		 <8-320>
		      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

	      EXAMPLES:
		 fast:preset=standard
		      suitable	for  most  people and most music types and al‐
		      ready quite high quality
		 cbr:preset=192
		      Encode with ABR presets at a 192	kbps  forced  constant
		      bitrate.
		 preset=172
		      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
		 preset=extreme
		      for  people  with	 extremely  good  hearing  and similar
		      equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
       br=<32-384>
	      In CBR mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in  kbps,  when
	      in  VBR  mode  it is the minimum bitrate allowed per frame.  VBR
	      mode will not work with a value below 112.

       vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
	      variability range; if negative the encoder  shifts  the  average
	      bitrate towards the lower limit, if positive towards the higher.
	      When set to 0 CBR is used (default).

       maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
	      maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual>
	      (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       psy=<-1-4>
	      psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       errprot=<0 | 1>
	      Include error protection.

       debug=<0-10>
	      debug level

   faac (-faacopts)
       br=<bitrate>
	      average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

       quality=<1-1000>
	      quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       object=<1-4>
	      object type complexity
		 1    MAIN (default)
		 2    LOW
		 3    SSR
		 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mpeg=<2|4>
	      MPEG version (default: 4)

       tns
	      Enables temporal noise shaping.

       cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
	      cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       raw
	      Stores the bitstream as raw payload with extradata in  the  con‐
	      tainer  header  (default:	 0,  corresponds to ADTS).  Do not set
	      this flag if not explicitly required or you will not be able  to
	      remux the audio stream later on.

   lavc (-lavcopts)
       Many  libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.  Read
       the source for full details.

       EXAMPLE:
		 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       acodec=<value>
	      audio codec (default: mp2)
		 ac3
		      Dolby Digital (AC-3)
		 adpcm_*
		      Adaptive PCM formats - see the  HTML  documentation  for
		      details.
		 flac
		      Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)
		 g726
		      G.726 ADPCM
		 libamr_nb
		      3GPP Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) narrow-band
		 libamr_wb
		      3GPP Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) wide-band
		 libfaac
		      Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
		 libmp3lame
		      MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
		 mp2
		      MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
		 pcm_*
		      PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
		 roq_dpcm
		      Id Software RoQ DPCM
		 sonic
		      experimental simple lossy codec
		 sonicls
		      experimental simple lossless codec
		 vorbis
		      Vorbis
		 wmav1
		      Windows Media Audio v1
		 wmav2
		      Windows Media Audio v2

       abitrate=<value>
	      audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       atag=<value>
	      Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bit_exact
	      Use  only	 bit  exact  algorithms (except (I)DCT).  Additionally
	      bit_exact disables several optimizations and thus should only be
	      used  for	 regression  tests,  which need binary identical files
	      even if the encoder version changes.  This also  suppresses  the
	      user_data	 header in MPEG-4 streams.  Do not use this option un‐
	      less you know exactly what you are doing.

       threads=<1-8>
	      Maximum number of threads to  use	 (default:  1).	  May  have  a
	      slight negative effect on motion estimation.

       vcodec=<value>
	      Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
		 asv1
		      ASUS Video v1
		 asv2
		      ASUS Video v2
		 dvvideo
		      Sony Digital Video
		 ffv1
		      FFmpeg's lossless video codec
		 ffvhuff
		      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
		 flv
		      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
		 h261
		      H.261
		 h263
		      H.263
		 h263p
		      H.263+
		 huffyuv
		      HuffYUV
		 libtheora
		      Theora
		 libx264
		      x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
		 libxvid
		      Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
		 ljpeg
		      Lossless JPEG
		 mjpeg
		      Motion JPEG
		 mpeg1video
		      MPEG-1 video
		 mpeg2video
		      MPEG-2 video
		 mpeg4
		      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
		 msmpeg4
		      DivX 3
		 msmpeg4v2
		      MS MPEG4v2
		 roqvideo
		      ID Software RoQ Video
		 rv10
		      an old RealVideo codec
		 snow (also see: vstrict)
		      FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec
		 svq1
		      Apple Sorenson Video 1
		 wmv1
		      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
		 wmv2
		      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

       vqmin=<1-31>
	      minimum quantizer

		 1    Not  recommended	(much larger file, little quality dif‐
		      ference and weird side effects: msmpeg4,	h263  will  be
		      very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused resulting
		      in lower quality and some decoders will not be  able  to
		      decode it).

		 2    Recommended  for	normal	mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding (de‐
		      fault).

		 3    Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4.	The reason for prefer‐
		      ring  3 over 2 is that 2 could lead to overflows.	 (This
		      will be fixed for h263(p) by changing the quantizer  per
		      MB in the future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed as it does not
		      support that.)

       lmin=<0.01-255.0>
	      Minimum frame-level Lagrange  multiplier	for  ratecontrol  (de‐
	      fault: 2.0).  Lavc will rarely use quantizers below the value of
	      lmin.  Lowering lmin will make lavc more likely to choose	 lower
	      quantizers  for  some  frames,  but  not lower than the value of
	      vqmin.  Likewise, raising lmin will make	lavc  less  likely  to
	      choose  low  quantizers,	even if vqmin would have allowed them.
	      You probably want to set	lmin  approximately  equal  to	vqmin.
	      When  adaptive  quantization  is	in use, changing lmin/lmax may
	      have less of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.

       lmax=<0.01-255.0>
	      maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
	      Minimum macroblock-level	Lagrange  multiplier  for  ratecontrol
	      (default:2.0).  This parameter affects adaptive quantization op‐
	      tions like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

       mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
	      Maximum macroblock-level	Lagrange  multiplier  for  ratecontrol
	      (default: 31.0).

       vqscale=<0-31>
	      Constant	quantizer  / constant  quality encoding (selects fixed
	      quantizer mode).	A lower value means better quality but	larger
	      files (default: -1).  In case of snow codec, value 0 means loss‐
	      less encoding.  Since the other codecs do not support this, vqs‐
	      cale=0 will have an undefined effect.  1 is not recommended (see
	      vqmin for details).

       vqmax=<1-31>
	      Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane range (default: 31).

       mbqmin=<1-31>
	      obsolete, use vqmin

       mbqmax=<1-31>
	      obsolete, use vqmax

       vqdiff=<1-31>
	      maximum quantizer difference between consecutive I- or  P-frames
	      (default: 3)

       vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
	      maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
		 0    no B-frames (default)
		 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vme=<0-5>
	      motion estimation method.	 Available methods are:
		 0    none (very low quality)
		 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia
		      options (default)
		 5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
		 8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

	      NOTE: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality
	      may be low.

       me_range=<0-9999>
	      motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mbd=<0-2> (see also *cmp, qpel)
	      Macroblock  decision  algorithm (high quality mode), encode each
	      macro block in all modes and choose the best.  This is slow  but
	      results  in  better quality and file size.  When mbd is set to 1
	      or 2, the value of mbcmp is ignored when	comparing  macroblocks
	      (the  mbcmp  value is still used in other places though, in par‐
	      ticular the motion search algorithms).  If any  comparison  set‐
	      ting  (precmp,  subcmp,  cmp,  or	 mbcmp) is nonzero, however, a
	      slower but better half-pel motion search will be	used,  regard‐
	      less  of what mbd is set to.  If qpel is set, quarter-pel motion
	      search will be used regardless.
		 0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
		 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
		 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vhq
	      Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       v4mv
	      Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).
	      Works better if used with mbd>0.

       obmc
	      overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       loop
	      loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       inter_threshold <-1000-1000>
	      Does absolutely nothing at the moment.

       keyint=<0-300>
	      maximum  interval	 between  keyframes in frames (default: 250 or
	      one keyframe every ten seconds in a 25fps movie.	 This  is  the
	      recommended  default  for	 MPEG-4).  Most codecs require regular
	      keyframes in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch	error.
	      Keyframes are also needed for seeking, as seeking is only possi‐
	      ble to a keyframe - but keyframes need  more  space  than	 other
	      frames,  so  larger numbers here mean slightly smaller files but
	      less precise seeking.  0 is equivalent to 1, which  makes	 every
	      frame a keyframe.	 Values >300 are not recommended as the quali‐
	      ty might be bad depending upon decoder, encoder and luck.	 It is
	      common for MPEG-1/2 to use values <=30.

       sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
	      Threshold for scene change detection.  A keyframe is inserted by
	      libavcodec when it detects a scene change.  You can specify  the
	      sensitivity  of  the  detection  with  this option.  -1000000000
	      means  there  is	a  scene  change  detected  at	every	frame,
	      1000000000 means no scene changes are detected (default: 0).

       sc_factor=<any positive integer>
	      Causes  frames with higher quantizers to be more likely to trig‐
	      ger a scene change detection and make libavcodec use an  I-frame
	      (default: 1).  1-16 is a sane range.  Values between 2 and 6 may
	      yield increasing PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB)  and	better
	      placement of I-frames in high-motion scenes.  Higher values than
	      6 may give very slightly better PSNR (approximately 0.01 dB more
	      than sc_factor=6), but noticably worse visual quality.

       vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
	      strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
		 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
		 1    Avoid  B-frames in high motion scenes.  See the b_sensi‐
		      tivity option to tune this strategy.
		 2    Places B-frames more or less optimally to yield  maximum
		      quality  (slower).  You may want to reduce the speed im‐
		      pact of this option by tuning the option brd_scale.

       b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
	      Adjusts how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects motion and	avoids
	      using  B-frames  (default: 40).  Lower sensitivities will result
	      in more B-frames.	 Using more B-frames  usually  improves	 PSNR,
	      but  too	many  B-frames can hurt quality in high-motion scenes.
	      Unless there is an extremely high amount of motion, b_sensitivi‐
	      ty  can  safely be lowered below the default; 10 is a reasonable
	      value in most cases.

       brd_scale=<0-10>
	      Downscales frames for dynamic  B-frame  decision	(default:  0).
	      Each  time  brd_scale  is increased by one, the frame dimensions
	      are divided by two, which improves speed by a  factor  of	 four.
	      Both  dimensions of the fully downscaled frame must be even num‐
	      bers, so brd_scale=1 requires the original dimensions to be mul‐
	      tiples  of  four,	 brd_scale=2 requires multiples of eight, etc.
	      In other words, the dimensions of the original frame  must  both
	      be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

       bidir_refine=<0-4>
	      Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
	      rather than re-using  vectors  from  the	forward	 and  backward
	      searches.	 This option has no effect without B-frames.
		 0    Disabled (default).
		 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

       vpass=<1-3>
	      Activates	 internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if you
	      wish to use two (or more) pass encoding.
		 1    first pass (also see turbo)
		 2    second pass
		 3    Nth pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass	encod‐
		      ing)
	      Here is how it works, and how to use it:
	      The  first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You might
	      want to deactivate some CPU-hungry options,  like	 "turbo"  mode
	      does.
	      In two pass mode, the second pass (vpass=2) reads the statistics
	      file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	      In N-pass mode, the second pass (vpass=3, that is	 not  a	 typo)
	      does  both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites them.
	      You might want to backup	divx2pass.log  before  doing  this  if
	      there  is any possibility that you will have to cancel MEncoder.
	      You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options
	      like "qns".
	      You  can	run this same pass over and over to refine the encode.
	      Each subsequent pass will use the statistics from	 the  previous
	      pass  to improve.	 The final pass can include any CPU-hungry en‐
	      coding options.
	      If you want a  2	pass  encode,  use  first  vpass=1,  and  then
	      vpass=2.
	      If  you  want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for the first
	      pass and then vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again until you
	      are satisfied with the encode.

	      huffyuv:
		 pass 1
		      Saves statistics.
		 pass 2
		      Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon statis‐
		      tics from the first pass.

       turbo (two pass only)
	      Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis‐
	      abling  CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce global
	      PSNR a little bit (around 0.01dB) and  change  individual	 frame
	      type and PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aspect=<x/y>
	      Store  movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files.  Much
	      nicer than rescaling, because quality is	not  decreased.	  Only
	      MPlayer will play these files correctly, other players will dis‐
	      play them with wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter can be	 given
	      as a ratio or a floating point number.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

       autoaspect
	      Same  as	the  aspect option, but automatically computes aspect,
	      taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
	      made in the filter chain.	 Does not incur a performance penalty,
	      so you can safely leave it always on.

       vbitrate=<value>
	      Specify bitrate (default: 800).
	      WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
		 4-16000
		      (in kbit)
		 16001-24000000
		      (in bit)

       vratetol=<value>
	      approximated file size tolerance in kbit.	 1000-100000 is a sane
	      range.  (warning: 1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000)
	      NOTE: vratetol should not be too large during the second pass or
	      there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vrc_maxrate=<value>
	      maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_minrate=<value>
	      minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_buf_size=<value>
	      buffer size in kbit For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the  vbv	buffer
	      size, use 327 for VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

       vrc_buf_aggressivity
	      currently useless

       vrc_strategy
	      Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting
	      options will have no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
		 0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
		 1    Use Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to
		      be compiled with support for Xvid 1.1 or higher).

       vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
	      quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
	      quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

       vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
	      quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
	      (default: 0.0)
	      if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
	      I/B-frame	 quantizer  =  P-frame	quantizer  *  v{b|i}_qfactor +
	      v{b|i}_qoffset
	      else
	      do normal ratecontrol (do not lock to  next  P-frame  quantizer)
	      and set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
	      HINT:  To do constant quantizer encoding with different quantiz‐
	      ers for I/P- and B-frames you can	 use:  lmin=  <ip_quant>:lmax=
	      <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

       vqblur=<0.0-1.0> (pass one)
	      Quantizer	 blur  (default:  0.5), larger values will average the
	      quantizer more over time (slower change).
		 0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
		 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
	      Quantizer gaussian blur (default: 0.5), larger values will aver‐
	      age the quantizer more over time (slower change).

       vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
	      Quantizer	 compression, vrc_eq depends upon this (default: 0.5).
	      NOTE: Perceptual quality will be optimal	somewhere  in  between
	      the range's extremes.

       vrc_eq=<equation>
	      main ratecontrol equation

		 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
		      approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

		 tex^qComp
		      with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

	      infix operators:

		 +,-,*,/,^

	      variables:

		 tex
		      texture complexity

		 iTex,pTex
		      intra, non-intra texture complexity

		 avgTex
		      average texture complexity

		 avgIITex
		      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

		 avgPITex
		      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

		 avgPPTex
		      average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

		 avgBPTex
		      average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

		 mv
		      bits used for motion vectors

		 fCode
		      maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

		 iCount
		      number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

		 var
		      spatial complexity

		 mcVar
		      temporal complexity

		 qComp
		      qcomp from the command line

		 isI, isP, isB
		      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

		 Pi,E
		      See your favorite math book.

	      functions:

		 max(a,b),min(a,b)
		      maximum / minimum

		 gt(a,b)
		      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

		 lt(a,b)
		      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

		 eq(a,b)
		      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

		 sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vrc_override=<options>
	      User  specified  quality	for  specific  parts (ending, credits,
	      ...).   The  options  are	 <start-frame>,	 <end-frame>,  <quali‐
	      ty>[/<start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
		 quality (2-31)
		      quantizer
		 quality (-500-0)
		      quality correction in %

       vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
	      initial complexity (pass 1)

       vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
	      initial  buffer  occupancy,  as  a fraction of vrc_buf_size (de‐
	      fault: 0.9)

       vqsquish=<0|1>
	      Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax.
		 0    Use clipping.
		 1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

       vlelim=<-1000-1000>
	      Sets single coefficient  elimination  threshold  for  luminance.
	      Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
	      at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
		 0    disabled (default)
		 -4   JVT recommendation

       vcelim=<-1000-1000>
	      Sets single coefficient elimination threshold  for  chrominance.
	      Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
	      at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
		 0    disabled (default)
		 7    JVT recommendation

       vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
	      strict standard compliance
		 0    disabled
		 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the
		      MPEG-4 reference decoder.
		 -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
		 -2   Enables  experimental  codecs and features which may not
		      be playable with future MPlayer versions (snow).

       vdpart
	      Data partitioning.  Adds 2 Bytes per video packet, improves  er‐
	      ror-resistance  when transferring over unreliable channels (e.g.
	      streaming over the internet).  Each video packet will be encoded
	      in 3 separate partitions:
		 1. MVs
		      movement
		 2. DC coefficients
		      low res picture
		 3. AC coefficients
		      details
	      MV  &  DC	 are  most important, losing them looks far worse than
	      losing the AC and the 1. & 2. partition.	 (MV  &	 DC)  are  far
	      smaller  than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will hit
	      the AC partition much more often than the MV  &  DC  partitions.
	      Thus,  the picture will look better with partitioning than with‐
	      out, as without partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV equal‐
	      ly.

       vpsize=<0-10000> (also see vdpart)
	      Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
		 0
		      disabled (default)
		 100-1000
		      good choice

       ss
	      slice structured mode for H.263+

       gray
	      grayscale only encoding (faster)

       vfdct=<0-10>
	      DCT algorithm
		 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
		 1    fast integer
		 2    accurate integer
		 3    MMX
		 4    mlib
		 5    AltiVec
		 6    floating point AAN

       idct=<0-99>
	      IDCT algorithm
	      NOTE:  To	 the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do pass the
	      IEEE1180 tests.
		 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
		 1    JPEG reference integer
		 2    simple
		 3    simplemmx
		 4    libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use  for	encoding  with
		      keyint >100)
		 5    ps2
		 6    mlib
		 7    arm
		 8    AltiVec
		 9    sh4
		 10   simplearm
		 11   H.264
		 12   VP3
		 13   IPP
		 14   xvidmmx
		 15   CAVS
		 16   simplearmv5te
		 17   simplearmv6

       lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Luminance	 masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed
	      to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
	      details  in very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance masking
	      compresses bright areas stronger than medium ones,  so  it  will
	      save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising over‐
	      all subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
	      WARNING: Be careful, overly large values	can  cause  disastrous
	      things.
	      WARNING:	Large  values might look good on some monitors but may
	      look horrible on other monitors.
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.3
		      sane range

       dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Darkness masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that  is  supposed
	      to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
	      details in very dark parts of  the  picture.   Darkness  masking
	      compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save
	      bits that can be spent again on other  frames,  raising  overall
	      subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
	      WARNING:	Be  careful,  overly large values can cause disastrous
	      things.
	      WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors  but  may
	      look horrible on other monitors / TV / TFT.
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.3
		      sane range

       tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Temporal	complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)).  Imagine
	      a scene with a bird flying across the  whole  scene;  tcplx_mask
	      will  raise  the	quantizers of the bird's macroblocks (thus de‐
	      creasing their quality), as the human eye usually does not  have
	      time  to	see  all  the  bird's  details.	 Be warned that if the
	      masked object stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely  to  look
	      horrible	for  a short period of time, until the encoder figures
	      out that the object is not moving and needs refined blocks.  The
	      saved  bits will be spent on other parts of the video, which may
	      increase subjective quality, provided that tcplx_mask  is	 care‐
	      fully chosen.

       scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Spatial  complexity masking.  Larger values help against blocki‐
	      ness, if no deblocking filter is used  for  decoding,  which  is
	      maybe not a good idea.
	      Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial com‐
	      plexity), a blue sky and a  house;  scplx_mask  will  raise  the
	      quantizers of the grass' macroblocks, thus decreasing its quali‐
	      ty, in order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
	      HINT: Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce  the
	      quality of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.5
		      sane range

	      NOTE: This setting does not have the same effect as using a cus‐
	      tom matrix that would compress high frequencies harder,  as  sc‐
	      plx_mask	will reduce the quality of P blocks even if only DC is
	      changing.	 The result of scplx_mask will probably	 not  look  as
	      good.

       p_mask=<0.0-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor)
	      Reduces  the quality of inter blocks.  This is equivalent to in‐
	      creasing the quality of intra blocks, because the	 same  average
	      bitrate  will be distributed by the rate controller to the whole
	      video sequence (default: 0.0  (disabled)).   p_mask=1.0  doubles
	      the bits allocated to each intra block.

       border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      border-processing	 for  MPEG-style  encoders.  Border processing
	      increases the quantizer for  macroblocks	which  are  less  than
	      1/5th  of	 the  frame  width/height  away from the frame border,
	      since they are often visually less important.

       naq
	      Normalize	 adaptive  quantization	 (experimental).   When	 using
	      adaptive quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may
	      no longer match the requested frame-level quantizer.   Naq  will
	      attempt  to  adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain the proper
	      average.

       ildct
	      Use interlaced DCT.

       ilme
	      Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

       alt
	      Use alternative scantable.

       top=<-1-1>
		 -1   automatic
		 0    bottom field first
		 1    top field first

       format=<value>
		 YV12
		      default
		 444P
		      for ffv1
		 422P
		      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
		 411P
		      for lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
		 YVU9
		      for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
		 BGR32
		      for lossless JPEG and ffv1

       pred
	      (for HuffYUV)
		 0    left prediction
		 1    plane/gradient prediction
		 2    median prediction

       pred
	      (for lossless JPEG)
		 0    left prediction
		 1    top prediction
		 2    topleft prediction
		 3    plane/gradient prediction
		 6    mean prediction

       coder
	      (for ffv1)
		 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
		 1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

       context
	      (for ffv1)
		 0    small context model
		 1    large context model

	      (for ffvhuff)
		 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
		 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qpel
	      Use quarter pel motion  compensation  (mutually  exclusive  with
	      ilme).
	      HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mbcmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets  the	 comparison  function for the macroblock decision, has
	      only an effect if mbd=0.	This is	 also  used  for  some	motion
	      search  functions,  in which case it has an effect regardless of
	      mbd setting.
		 0 (SAD)
		      sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
		 1 (SSE)
		      sum of squared errors
		 2 (SATD)
		      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
		 3 (DCT)
		      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
		 4 (PSNR)
		      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
		 5 (BIT)
		      number of bits needed for the block
		 6 (RD)
		      rate distortion optimal, slow
		 7 (ZERO)
		      0
		 8 (VSAD)
		      sum of absolute vertical differences
		 9 (VSSE)
		      sum of squared vertical differences
		 10 (NSSE)
		      noise preserving sum of squared differences
		 11 (W53)
		      5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
		 12 (W97)
		      9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
		 +256
		      Also use chroma, currently  does	not  work  (correctly)
		      with B-frames.

       ildctcmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets  the	 comparison  function for interlaced DCT decision (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions).

       precmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets the comparison function for motion estimation pre pass (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       cmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets the comparison function for full pel motion estimation (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       subcmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation  (see
	      mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       skipcmp=<0-2000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

       nssew=<0-1000000>
	      This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will re‐
	      sult in more noise.  0 NSSE is identical to  SSE	You  may  find
	      this  useful  if	you  prefer to keep some noise in your encoded
	      video rather than filtering it away  before  encoding  (default:
	      8).

       predia=<-99-6>
	      diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

       dia=<-99-6>
	      Diamond  type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is an
	      iterative process.  Using a small diamond	 does  not  limit  the
	      search  to  finding only small motion vectors.  It is just some‐
	      what more likely to stop before finding  the  very  best	motion
	      vector,  especially when noise is involved.  Bigger diamonds al‐
	      low a wider search for the best motion vector, thus  are	slower
	      but result in better quality.
	      Big  normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive dia‐
	      monds.
	      Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff  between  speed  and
	      quality.
	      NOTE:  The  sizes of the normal diamonds and shape adaptive ones
	      do not have the same meaning.

		 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

		 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

		 -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

		 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
			    0
			   000
			    0

		 2    normal size=2 diamond
			    0
			   000
			  00000
			   000
			    0

       trell
	      Trellis searched quantization.  This will find the  optimal  en‐
	      coding  for  each	 8x8  block.  Trellis searched quantization is
	      quite simply an optimal quantization in the PSNR versus  bitrate
	      sense  (Assuming	that  there would be no rounding errors intro‐
	      duced by the IDCT, which is obviously not the case.).  It simply
	      finds a block for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
		 lambda
		      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
		 bits
		      amount of bits needed to encode the block
		 error
		      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       cbp
	      Rate  distorted  optimal	coded  block pattern.  Will select the
	      coded block pattern which minimizes  distortion  +  lambda*rate.
	      This can only be used together with trellis quantization.

       mv0
	      Try  to  encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one.
	      This has no effect if mbd=0.

       mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
	      When surrounding motion vectors are <0,0> and the motion estima‐
	      tion  score  of  the  current  block is less than mv0_threshold,
	      <0,0> is used for the motion vector and further  motion  estima‐
	      tion is skipped (default: 256).  Lowering mv0_threshold to 0 can
	      give a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase and possibly make  the  en‐
	      coded video look slightly better; raising mv0_threshold past 320
	      results in diminished PSNR and visual  quality.	Higher	values
	      speed up encoding very slightly (usually less than 1%, depending
	      on the other options used).
	      NOTE: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

       qprd (mbd=2 only)
	      rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given
	      lambda of each macroblock

       last_pred=<0-99>
	      amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
		 0    (default)
		 a    Will  use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector
		      predictors from the previous frame.

       preme=<0-2>
	      motion estimation pre-pass
		 0    disabled
		 1    only after I-frames (default)
		 2    always

       subq=<1-8>
	      subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
	      NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

       refs=<1-8>
	      number of reference frames to consider for  motion  compensation
	      (Snow only) (default: 1)

       psnr
	      print  the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video
	      after encoding and store the per frame PSNR in  a	 file  with  a
	      name  like  'psnr_hhmmss.log'.  Returned values are in dB (deci‐
	      bel), the higher the better.

       mpeg_quant
	      Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aic
	      Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced intra prediction for
	      H.263+.  This will improve quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB
	      PSNR) and slow down encoding very slightly (about 1%).
	      NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

       aiv
	      alternative inter vlc for H.263+

       umv
	      unlimited MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily  long
	      MVs.

       ibias=<-256-256>
	      intra  quantizer	bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer de‐
	      fault: 96, H.263 style quantizer default: 0)
	      NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
	      vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi‐
	      ases (set vfdct=1 or 2).

       pbias=<-256-256>
	      inter quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style	quantizer  de‐
	      fault: 0, H.263 style quantizer default: -64)
	      NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
	      vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi‐
	      ases (set vfdct=1 or 2).
	      HINT:  A	more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64) seems to
	      improve the PSNR.

       nr=<0-100000>
	      Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  0-600 is a useful range  for
	      typical  content,	 but you may want to turn it up a bit more for
	      very noisy content (default: 0).	 Given	its  small  impact  on
	      speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
	      away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       qns=<0-3>
	      Quantizer noise shaping.	Rather than choosing  quantization  to
	      most closely match the source video in the PSNR sense, it choos‐
	      es quantization such that noise (usually ringing) will be masked
	      by  similar-frequency  content  in the image.  Larger values are
	      slower but may not result	 in  better  quality.	This  can  and
	      should be used together with trellis quantization, in which case
	      the trellis quantization (optimal for constant weight)  will  be
	      used as startpoint for the iterative search.
		 0    disabled (default)
		 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
		 2    Only  change coefficients before the last non-zero coef‐
		      ficient + 1.
		 3    Try all.

       inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
	      Use custom inter matrix.	It needs a comma separated  string  of
	      64 integers.

       intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
	      Use  custom  intra matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of
	      64 integers.

       vqmod_amp
	      experimental quantizer modulation

       vqmod_freq
	      experimental quantizer modulation

       dc
	      intra DC	precision  in  bits  (default:	8).   If  you  specify
	      vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.

       cgop (also see sc_threshold)
	      Close  all GOPs.	Currently it only works if scene change detec‐
	      tion is disabled (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       (no)lowdelay
	      Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

       vglobal=<0-3>
	      Control writing global video headers.
		 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
		 1    Write global  headers  only  in  extradata  (needed  for
		      .mp4/MOV/NUT).
		 2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
		 3    Combine 1 and 2.

       aglobal=<0-3>
	      Same as vglobal for audio headers.

       level=<value>
	      Set  CodecContext	 Level.	  Use  31  or  41  to  play video on a
	      Playstation 3.

       skip_exp=<0-1000000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

       skip_factor=<0-1000000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

       skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

       o
	      FIXME: undocumented

   nuv (-nuvopts)
       Nuppel video is based on RTJPEG and LZO.	 By default frames  are	 first
       encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, but it is possible to
       disable either or both of the two passes.  As a result, you can in fact
       output  raw  i420, LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, or the default LZO com‐
       pressed RTJPEG.
       NOTE: The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples	 about
       the settings to use for the most common TV encodings.

       c=<0-20>
	      chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       l=<0-20>
	      luminance threshold (default: 1)

       lzo
	      Enable LZO compression (default).

       nolzo
	      Disable LZO compression.

       q=<3-255>
	      quality level (default: 255)

       raw
	      Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rtjpeg
	      Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
       There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR), fixed quantiz‐
       er and two pass.

       pass=<1|2>
	      Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       turbo (two pass only)
	      Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis‐
	      abling  CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce global
	      PSNR a little bit and change individual frame type  and  PSNR  a
	      little bit more.

       bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass mode)
	      Sets  the	 bitrate  to  be  used in kbits/second if <16000 or in
	      bits/second if >16000.  If <value> is negative,  Xvid  will  use
	      its  absolute  value as the target size (in kBytes) of the video
	      and compute the associated bitrate automagically	(default:  687
	      kbits/s).

       fixed_quant=<1-31>
	      Switch  to  fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer to be
	      used.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
	      User specified quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,
	      ...).   Each  zone  is <start-frame>,<mode>,<value> where <mode>
	      may be
		 q    Constant quantizer override, where value=<2.0-31.0> rep‐
		      resents the quantizer value.
		 w    Ratecontrol  weight  override,  where  value=<0.01-2.00>
		      represents the quality correction in %.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 zones=90000,q,20
		      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant
		      quantizer 20.
		 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
		      Encode  frames  0-10000  at  10%	bitrate, encode frames
		      90000 up to the end at constant quantizer 20.  Note that
		      the  second zone is needed to delimit the first zone, as
		      without it everything up until frame 89999 would be  en‐
		      coded at 10% bitrate.

       me_quality=<0-6>
	      This option controls the motion estimation subsystem.  The high‐
	      er the value, the more precise the  estimation  should  be  (de‐
	      fault:  6).  The more precise the motion estimation is, the more
	      bits can be saved.  Precision is gained at the  expense  of  CPU
	      time so decrease this setting if you need realtime encoding.

       (no)qpel
	      MPEG-4  uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by de‐
	      fault.  The standard proposes a mode where encoders are  allowed
	      to  use quarter pixel precision.	This option usually results in
	      a sharper image.	Unfortunately it has a great impact on bitrate
	      and sometimes the higher bitrate use will prevent it from giving
	      a better image quality at a fixed bitrate.  It is better to test
	      with  and	 without this option and see whether it is worth acti‐
	      vating.

       (no)gmc
	      Enable Global Motion Compensation,  which	 makes	Xvid  generate
	      special  frames (GMC-frames) which are well suited for Pan/Zoom/
	      Rotating images.	Whether or not the use	of  this  option  will
	      save bits is highly dependent on the source material.

       (no)trellis
	      Trellis  Quantization  is a kind of adaptive quantization method
	      that saves bits by modifying quantized coefficients to make them
	      more compressible by the entropy encoder.	 Its impact on quality
	      is good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this setting  can
	      be  a  good  alternative to save a few bits (and gain quality at
	      fixed bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

       (no)cartoon
	      Activate this if your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.   It
	      modifies	some Xvid internal thresholds so Xvid takes better de‐
	      cisions on frame types and motion vectors for flat looking  car‐
	      toons.

       (no)chroma_me
	      The  usual  motion  estimation algorithm uses only the luminance
	      information to find the best motion vector.   However  for  some
	      video  material,	using  the  chroma planes can help find better
	      vectors.	This setting toggles the use of chroma planes for  mo‐
	      tion estimation (default: on).

       (no)chroma_opt
	      Enable a chroma optimizer prefilter.  It will do some extra mag‐
	      ic on color information to minimize the stepped-stairs effect on
	      edges.   It  will improve quality at the cost of encoding speed.
	      It reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation to  the
	      original picture will get bigger, but the subjective image qual‐
	      ity will raise.  Since it	 works	with  color  information,  you
	      might want to turn it off when encoding in grayscale.

       (no)hq_ac
	      Activates	 high-quality  prediction of AC coefficients for intra
	      frames from neighbor blocks (default: on).

       vhq=<0-4>
	      The motion search algorithm is based on a search	in  the	 usual
	      color  domain  and  tries to find a motion vector that minimizes
	      the difference between  the  reference  frame  and  the  encoded
	      frame.  With this setting activated, Xvid will also use the fre‐
	      quency domain (DCT) to search for a motion vector that minimizes
	      not  only the spatial difference but also the encoding length of
	      the block.  Fastest to slowest:
		 0    off
		 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
		 2    limited search
		 3    medium search
		 4    wide search

       (no)lumi_mask
	      Adaptive quantization allows the macroblock quantizers  to  vary
	      inside  each  frame.   This is a 'psychosensory' setting that is
	      supposed to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to no‐
	      tice  fewer  details  in	very bright and very dark parts of the
	      picture.	It compresses those areas more	strongly  than	medium
	      ones,  which  will  save	bits  that can be spent again on other
	      frames, raising overall subjective quality and possibly reducing
	      PSNR.

       (no)grayscale
	      Make  Xvid  discard  chroma  planes  so  the  encoded  video  is
	      grayscale only.  Note that this does not speed up	 encoding,  it
	      just  prevents  chroma data from being written in the last stage
	      of encoding.

       (no)interlacing
	      Encode the fields of interlaced video material.  Turn  this  op‐
	      tion on for interlaced content.
	      NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you would need an interlace-
	      aware   resizer,	 which	 you	can    activate	   with	   -vf
	      scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       min_iquant=<0-31>
	      minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_iquant=<0-31>
	      maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_pquant=<0-31>
	      minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_pquant=<0-31>
	      maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_bquant=<0-31>
	      minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_bquant=<0-31>
	      maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_key_interval=<value> (two pass only)
	      minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       max_key_interval=<value>
	      maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
	      Sets  the type of quantizer to use.  For high bitrates, you will
	      find that MPEG quantization preserves more detail.  For low  bi‐
	      trates,  the  smoothing of H.263 will give you less block noise.
	      When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization must be used.

       quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
	      Load a custom intra matrix file.	You can build such a file with
	      xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
	      Load a custom inter matrix file.	You can build such a file with
	      xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
	      Shift some bits from the pool for other  frame  types  to	 intra
	      frames,  thus improving keyframe quality.	 This amount is an ex‐
	      tra percentage, so a value of 10 will give  your	keyframes  10%
	      more bits than normal (default: 0).

       kfthreshold=<value> (two pass mode only)
	      Works  together  with  kfreduction.  Determines the minimum dis‐
	      tance below which you consider that two  frames  are  considered
	      consecutive  and	treated	 differently  according to kfreduction
	      (default: 10).

       kfreduction=<0-100> (two pass mode only)
	      The above two settings  can  be  used  to	 adjust	 the  size  of
	      keyframes	 that  you consider too close to the first (in a row).
	      kfthreshold sets the range in which keyframes are	 reduced,  and
	      kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction they get.  The last
	      I-frame will get treated normally (default: 30).

       max_bframes=<0-4>
	      Maximum number of B-frames to put between	 I/P-frames  (default:
	      2).

       bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
	      quantizer	 ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50 (default:
	      150)

       bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
	      quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default:
	      100)

       bf_threshold=<-255-255>
	      This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the
	      use of B-frames.	The higher the value, the higher the probabil‐
	      ity  of B-frames being used (default: 0).	 Do not forget that B-
	      frames usually have a higher quantizer, and therefore aggressive
	      production of B-frames may cause worse visual quality.

       (no)closed_gop
	      This  option  tells  Xvid	 to close every GOP (Group Of Pictures
	      bounded by two I-frames), which makes GOPs independent from each
	      other.   This just implies that the last frame of the GOP is ei‐
	      ther a P-frame or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is usually  a
	      good idea to turn this option on (default: on).

       (no)packed
	      This  option  is meant to solve frame-order issues when encoding
	      to container formats like AVI that cannot cope with out-of-order
	      frames.  In practice, most decoders (both software and hardware)
	      are able to deal with frame-order themselves, and may  get  con‐
	      fused  when this option is turned on, so you can safely leave if
	      off, unless you really know what you are doing.
	      WARNING: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and  will  not
	      be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
	      WARNING: This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so
	      the bug autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

       frame_drop_ratio=<0-100> (max_bframes=0 only)
	      This setting allows the creation	of  variable  framerate	 video
	      streams.	 The  value of the setting specifies a threshold under
	      which, if the difference of the following frame to the  previous
	      frame is below or equal to this threshold, a frame gets not cod‐
	      ed (a so called n-vop is placed in the  stream).	 On  playback,
	      when reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
	      WARNING:	Playing with this setting may result in a jerky video,
	      so use it at your own risks!

       rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
	      This parameter controls the number of frames the CBR  rate  con‐
	      troller will wait before reacting to bitrate changes and compen‐
	      sating for them to obtain a constant bitrate over	 an  averaging
	      range of frames.

       rc_averaging_period=<value>
	      Real  CBR	 is hard to achieve.  Depending on the video material,
	      bitrate can be variable, and hard to  predict.   Therefore  Xvid
	      uses  an averaging period for which it guarantees a given amount
	      of bits (minus a small variation).  This settings expresses  the
	      "number  of frames" for which Xvid averages bitrate and tries to
	      achieve CBR.

       rc_buffer=<value>
	      size of the rate control buffer

       curve_compression_high=<0-100>
	      This setting allows Xvid to take a certain  percentage  of  bits
	      away  from  high	bitrate	 scenes	 and give them back to the bit
	      reservoir.  You could also use this if you have a clip  with  so
	      many  bits allocated to high-bitrate scenes that the low(er)-bi‐
	      trate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       curve_compression_low=<0-100>
	      This setting allows Xvid to give a certain percentage  of	 extra
	      bits  to	the low bitrate scenes, taking a few bits from the en‐
	      tire clip.  This might come in handy if you have a  few  low-bi‐
	      trate scenes that are still blocky (default: 0).

       overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
	      During  pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is
	      computed.	 The difference between that expected  curve  and  the
	      result  obtained during encoding is called overflow.  Obviously,
	      the two pass rate controller tries to compensate for that	 over‐
	      flow,  distributing  it over the next frames.  This setting con‐
	      trols how much of the overflow is distributed every  time	 there
	      is  a  new  frame.   Low values allow lazy overflow control, big
	      rate bursts are compensated for more slowly (could lead to  lack
	      of  precision for small clips).  Higher values will make changes
	      in bit redistribution more abrupt, possibly too  abrupt  if  you
	      set it too high, creating artifacts (default: 5).
	      NOTE:  This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it careful‐
	      ly!

       max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
	      During the frame bit allocation, overflow control	 may  increase
	      the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
	      by which the overflow control is allowed to increase  the	 frame
	      size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
	      During  the  frame bit allocation, overflow control may decrease
	      the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
	      by  which	 the overflow control is allowed to decrease the frame
	      size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       container_frame_overhead=<0...>
	      Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of
	      the time users express their target bitrate for video w/o taking
	      care of the video container overhead.  This small	 but  (mostly)
	      constant overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded.
	      Xvid allows users to set the amount of overhead  per  frame  the
	      container	 generates  (give only an average per frame).  0 has a
	      special meaning, it lets Xvid use its own	 default  values  (de‐
	      fault: 24 - AVI average overhead).

       profile=<profile_name>
	      Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate over a short period) ac‐
	      cording to the Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX  profiles.   The
	      resulting videos should be playable on standalone players adher‐
	      ing to these profile specifications.
		 unrestricted
		      no restrictions (default)
		 sp0
		      simple profile at level 0
		 sp1
		      simple profile at level 1
		 sp2
		      simple profile at level 2
		 sp3
		      simple profile at level 3
		 asp0
		      advanced simple profile at level 0
		 asp1
		      advanced simple profile at level 1
		 asp2
		      advanced simple profile at level 2
		 asp3
		      advanced simple profile at level 3
		 asp4
		      advanced simple profile at level 4
		 asp5
		      advanced simple profile at level 5
		 dxnhandheld
		      DXN handheld profile
		 dxnportntsc
		      DXN portable NTSC profile
		 dxnportpal
		      DXN portable PAL profile
		 dxnhtntsc
		      DXN home theater NTSC profile
		 dxnhtpal
		      DXN home theater PAL profile
		 dxnhdtv
		      DXN HDTV profile
	      NOTE: These profiles should be used in conjunction with  an  ap‐
	      propriate -ffourcc.  Generally DX50 is applicable, as some play‐
	      ers do not recognize Xvid but most recognize DivX.

       par=<mode>
	      Specifies the Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be	confused  with
	      DAR,  the	 Display Aspect Ratio).	 PAR is the ratio of the width
	      and height of a single pixel.  So both are  related  like	 this:
	      DAR = PAR * (width/height).
	      MPEG-4  defines 5 pixel aspect ratios and one extended one, giv‐
	      ing the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect ratio.  5
	      standard modes can be specified:
		 vga11
		      It is the usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square
		      unit.
		 pal43
		      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
		 pal169
		      same as above
		 ntsc43
		      same as above
		 ntsc169
		      same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
		 ext
		      Allows you to specify your own pixel aspect  ratio  with
		      par_width and par_height.
	      NOTE:  In	 general,  setting  aspect  and	 autoaspect options is
	      enough.

       par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
	      Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
	      Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
	      Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer
	      solution	than  rescaling,  because  quality  is	not decreased.
	      MPlayer and a few others players will play these files  correct‐
	      ly,  others will display them with the wrong aspect.  The aspect
	      parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating point number.

       (no)autoaspect
	      Same as the aspect option, but  automatically  computes  aspect,
	      taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
	      made in the filter chain.

       psnr
	      Print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole	 video
	      after  encoding  and  store  the per frame PSNR in a file with a
	      name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the current directory.   Returned
	      values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       debug
	      Save  per-frame  statistics  in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two
	      pass control file.)

       The following option is only available in Xvid 1.1.x.

       bvhq=<0|1>
	      This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames  to  be  used
	      for the encoding chosen using a rate distortion optimized opera‐
	      tor, which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq option.  This
	      produces	nicer-looking  B-frames while incurring almost no per‐
	      formance penalty (default: 1).

       The following option is only available in the 1.2.x version of Xvid.

       threads=<0-n>
	      Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The
	      maximum number of threads that can be used is the picture height
	      divided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
       bitrate=<value>
	      Sets the average bitrate to be used  in  kbits/second  (default:
	      off).  Since local bitrate may vary, this average may be inaccu‐
	      rate for very short videos (see ratetol).	 Constant bitrate  can
	      be  achieved  by combining this with vbv_maxrate, at significant
	      reduction in quality.

       qp=<0-51>
	      This selects the quantizer to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames
	      are  offset  from this value by ip_factor and pb_factor, respec‐
	      tively.  20-40 is a useful range.	 Lower values result in better
	      fidelity,	 but higher bitrates.  0 is lossless.  Note that quan‐
	      tization in H.264 works  differently  from  MPEG-1/2/4:  H.264's
	      quantization parameter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale.  The map‐
	      ping is approximately H264QP = 12 + 6*log2(MPEGQP).   For	 exam‐
	      ple, MPEG at QP=2 is equivalent to H.264 at QP=18.

       crf=<1.0-50.0>
	      Enables  constant	 quality  mode,	 and selects the quality.  The
	      scale is similar to QP.  Like the bitrate-based modes, this  al‐
	      lows  each frame to use a different QP based on the frame's com‐
	      plexity.

       pass=<1-3>
	      Enable 2 or 3-pass mode.	It is recommended to always encode  in
	      2	 or  3-pass  mode as it leads to a better bit distribution and
	      improves overall quality.
		 1    first pass
		 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
		 3    Nth pass (second and third passes of three  pass	encod‐
		      ing)
	      Here is how it works, and how to use it:
	      The  first  pass	(pass=1)  collects statistics on the video and
	      writes them to a file.  You might want to deactivate  some  CPU-
	      hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by default.
	      In  two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the statistics
	      file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	      In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo)
	      does  both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites them.
	      You can use all encoding options,	 except	 very  CPU-hungry  op‐
	      tions.
	      The  third  pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass, except
	      that it has the second pass' statistics to work from.   You  can
	      use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones.
	      The  first pass may use either average bitrate or constant quan‐
	      tizer.  ABR is recommended, since it does not require guessing a
	      quantizer.  Subsequent passes are ABR, and must specify bitrate.

       turbo=<0-2>
	      Fast  first  pass	 mode.	During the first pass of a two or more
	      pass encode it is possible to gain speed by disabling  some  op‐
	      tions with negligible or even no impact on the final pass output
	      quality.
		 0    disabled (default)
		 1    Reduce subq, frameref and disable some  inter-macroblock
		      partition analysis modes.
		 2    Reduce  subq  and frameref to 1, use a diamond ME search
		      and disable all partition analysis modes.
	      Level 1 can increase first pass speed up to 2x with no change in
	      the  global  PSNR	 of  the final pass compared to a full quality
	      first pass.
	      Level 2 can increase first pass speed up to 4x  with  about  +/-
	      0.05dB change in the global PSNR of the final pass compared to a
	      full quality first pass.

       keyint=<value>
	      Sets maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).	Larger
	      values  save  bits, thus improve quality, at the cost of seeking
	      precision.  Unlike MPEG-1/2/4, H.264 does not  suffer  from  DCT
	      drift with large values of keyint.

       keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
	      Sets  minimum  interval  between	IDR-frames  (default: 25).  If
	      scenecuts appear within this interval, they are still encoded as
	      I-frames, but do not start a new GOP.  In H.264, I-frames do not
	      necessarily bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a  P-
	      frame  to	 be predicted from more frames than just the one frame
	      before it (also see frameref).  Therefore, I-frames are not nec‐
	      essarily seekable.  IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from
	      referring to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.

       scenecut=<-1-100>
	      Controls how aggressively to  insert  extra  I-frames  (default:
	      40).   With  small  values  of  scenecut, the codec often has to
	      force an I-frame when it would exceed keyint.   Good  values  of
	      scenecut may find a better location for the I-frame.  Large val‐
	      ues use more I-frames than necessary,  thus  wasting  bits.   -1
	      disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted only once
	      every other keyint frames, even if a scene-cut  occurs  earlier.
	      This  is not recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts encoded
	      as P-frames are just as big as I-frames, but do  not  reset  the
	      "keyint counter".

       frameref=<1-16>
	      Number  of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames
	      (default: 1).  This is effective in anime,  but  in  live-action
	      material	the improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6
	      or so reference frames.  This has no effect on  decoding	speed,
	      but does increase the memory needed for decoding.	 Some decoders
	      can only handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

       bframes=<0-16>
	      maximum number of consecutive B-frames between I-	 and  P-frames
	      (default: 0)

       (no)b_adapt
	      Automatically  decides  when to use B-frames and how many, up to
	      the maximum specified above (default: on).  If  this  option  is
	      disabled, then the maximum number of B-frames is used.

       b_bias=<-100-100>
	      Controls	the  decision  performed  by b_adapt.  A higher b_bias
	      produces more B-frames (default: 0).

       (no)b_pyramid
	      Allows B-frames to be used as references	for  predicting	 other
	      frames.	For example, consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2
	      B3 P4.  Without this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as
	      MPEG-[124].   So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and
	      all the B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4.   With  this  op‐
	      tion,  they  are	coded  as  I0  P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2 is the same as
	      above, but B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3	 is  predicted
	      from  B2 and P4.	This usually results in slightly improved com‐
	      pression, at almost no speed cost.  However, this is an  experi‐
	      mental  option:  it  is not fully tuned and may not always help.
	      Requires bframes >= 2.  Disadvantage: increases  decoding	 delay
	      to 2 frames.

       (no)deblock
	      Use  deblocking  filter  (default: on).  As it takes very little
	      time compared to its quality gain, it is not recommended to dis‐
	      able it.

       deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
	      The  first  parameter  is	 AlphaC0  (default:  0).  This adjusts
	      thresholds for the H.264 in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this
	      parameter	 adjusts  the maximum amount of change that the filter
	      is allowed to cause on any one pixel.  Secondly, this  parameter
	      affects  the threshold for difference across the edge being fil‐
	      tered.  A positive value reduces blocking	 artifacts  more,  but
	      will also smear details.
	      The second parameter is Beta (default: 0).  This affects the de‐
	      tail threshold.  Very detailed blocks are	 not  filtered,	 since
	      the smoothing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than
	      the original blocking.
	      The default behavior of the filter almost always achieves	 opti‐
	      mal quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or make on‐
	      ly small adjustments.  However, if your source material  already
	      has  some	 blocking  or noise which you would like to remove, it
	      may be a good idea to turn it up a little bit.

       (no)cabac
	      Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding)  (default:
	      on).  Slightly slows down encoding and decoding, but should save
	      10-15% bitrate.  Unless you are looking for decoding speed,  you
	      should not disable it.

       qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
	      Minimum  quantizer,  10-30  seems to be a useful range (default:
	      10).

       qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
	      maximum quantizer (default: 51)

       qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
	      maximum value by which the quantizer may	be  incremented/decre‐
	      mented between frames (default: 4)

       ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR or two pass)
	      allowed  variance	 in average bitrate (no particular units) (de‐
	      fault: 1.0)

       vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR or two pass)
	      maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR or two pass)
	      averaging period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none,  must
	      be specified if vbv_maxrate is enabled)

       vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
	      initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default:
	      0.9)

       ip_factor=<value>
	      quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       pb_factor=<value>
	      quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qcomp=<0-1> (ABR or two pass)
	      quantizer compression (default: 0.6).  A lower value  makes  the
	      bitrate  more constant, while a higher value makes the quantiza‐
	      tion parameter more constant.

       cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
	      Temporal blur of the estimated frame  complexity,	 before	 curve
	      compression  (default:  20).   Lower  values allow the quantizer
	      value to jump around more, higher values force it to  vary  more
	      smoothly.	  cplx_blur ensures that each I-frame has quality com‐
	      parable to the following P-frames, and ensures that  alternating
	      high  and	 low complexity frames (e.g. low fps animation) do not
	      waste bits on fluctuating quantizer.

       qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
	      Temporal blur of the quantization parameter,  after  curve  com‐
	      pression (default: 0.5).	Lower values allow the quantizer value
	      to jump around more, higher values force it to vary more smooth‐
	      ly.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
	      User  specified  quality	for  specific  parts (ending, credits,
	      ...).  Each zone is <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where op‐
	      tion may be
		 q=<0-51>
		      quantizer
		 b=<0.01-100.0>
		      bitrate multiplier
	      NOTE: The quantizer option is not strictly enforced.  It affects
	      only the planning stage of ratecontrol, and is still subject  to
	      overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.

       direct_pred=<name>
	      Determines  the  type  of motion prediction used for direct mac‐
	      roblocks in B-frames.
		 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
		 spatial
		      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.
		      (default)
		 temporal
		      Motion  vectors  are  extrapolated from the following P-
		      frame.
		 auto The codec selects between spatial and temporal for  each
		      frame.
	      Spatial  and temporal are approximately the same speed and PSNR,
	      the choice between them depends on the video content.   Auto  is
	      slightly	better,	 but slower.  Auto is most effective when com‐
	      bined with multipass.  direct_pred=none is both slower and lower
	      quality.

       (no)weight_b
	      Use weighted prediction in B-frames.  Without this option, bidi‐
	      rectionally predicted macroblocks give equal weight to each ref‐
	      erence  frame.   With this option, the weights are determined by
	      the temporal position of the B-frame relative to the references.
	      Requires bframes > 1.

       partitions=<list>
	      Enable	 some	  optional    macroblock    types    (default:
	      p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
		 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
		 p4x4 Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only
		      with subq >= 5, and only at low resolutions.
		 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
		 i8x8 Enable  type  i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless 8x8dct is
		      enabled.
		 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
		 all  Enable all of the above types.
		 none Disable all of the above types.
	      Regardless of this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16,  and
	      i16x16 are always enabled.
	      The  idea is to find the type and size that best describe a cer‐
	      tain area of the picture.	 For example, a global pan  is	better
	      represented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving objects are bet‐
	      ter represented by smaller blocks.

       (no)8x8dct
	      Adaptive spatial transform size: allows  macroblocks  to	choose
	      between  4x4 and 8x8 DCT.	 Also allows the i8x8 macroblock type.
	      Without this option, only 4x4 DCT is used.

       me=<name>
	      Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
		 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
		 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
		 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
		 esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

       me_range=<4-64>
	      radius of exhaustive or multi-hexagon  motion  search  (default:
	      16)

       subq=<1-7>
	      Adjust subpel refinement quality.	 This parameter controls qual‐
	      ity versus speed tradeoffs involved in the motion estimation de‐
	      cision  process.	 subq=5	 can  compress	up  to 10% better than
	      subq=1.
		 1    Runs fullpixel precision motion estimation on all candi‐
		      date  macroblock	types.	 Then  selects	the best type.
		      Then refines the motion of that type to fast quarterpix‐
		      el precision (fastest).
		 2    Runs halfpixel precision motion estimation on all candi‐
		      date macroblock types.   Then  selects  the  best	 type.
		      Then refines the motion of that type to fast quarterpix‐
		      el precision.
		 3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
		 4    Runs fast quarterpixel precision	motion	estimation  on
		      all  candidate  macroblock types.	 Then selects the best
		      type.  Then finishes  the	 quarterpixel  refinement  for
		      that type.
		 5    Runs  best quality quarterpixel precision motion estima‐
		      tion on all candidate macroblock types, before selecting
		      the best type (default).
		 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
		      in I- and P-frames.
		 7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of  motion  vectors
		      and intra modes. (best)
	      In the above, "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled
	      types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

       (no)chroma_me
	      Takes into account chroma	 information  during  subpixel	motion
	      search (default: enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

       (no)mixed_refs
	      Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select
	      a reference frame.  Without this option, a whole macroblock must
	      use the same reference.  Requires frameref>1.

       (no)brdo
	      Enables  rate-distortion	optimization of macroblock types in B-
	      frames.  Requires subq>=6.

       (no)bime
	      Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
	      rather  than  re-using  vectors  from  the  forward and backward
	      searches.	 This option has no effect without B-frames.

       trellis=<0-2>
	      rate-distortion optimal quantization
		 0    disabled (default)
		 1    enabled only for the final encode
		 2    enabled  during  all  mode  decisions  (slow,   requires
		      subq>=6)

       deadzone_inter=<0-32>
	      Set  the	size  of the inter luma quantization deadzone for non-
	      trellis quantization (default: 21).  Lower values help  to  pre‐
	      serve fine details and film grain (typically useful for high bi‐
	      trate/quality encode), while higher values help filter out these
	      details  to  save	 bits  that  can  be spent again on other mac‐
	      roblocks and frames (typically useful  for  bitrate-starved  en‐
	      codes).	It  is	recommended  that  you start by tweaking dead‐
	      zone_intra before changing this parameter.

       deadzone_intra=<0-32>
	      Set the size of the intra luma quantization  deadzone  for  non-
	      trellis  quantization  (default:	11).  This option has the same
	      effect as deadzone_inter except that it  affects	intra  frames.
	      It  is recommended that you start by tweaking this parameter be‐
	      fore changing deadzone_inter.

       (no)fast_pskip
	      Performs early skip detection in	P-frames  (default:  enabled).
	      This  usually  improves  speed  at no cost, but it can sometimes
	      produce artifacts in areas with no details, like sky.

       (no)dct_decimate
	      Eliminate dct blocks in P-frames containing only a small	single
	      coefficient  (default: enabled).	This will remove some details,
	      so it will save bits that can be spent again  on	other  frames,
	      hopefully	 raising  overall subjective quality.  If you are com‐
	      pressing non-anime content with a high target bitrate,  you  may
	      want to disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nr=<0-100000>
	      Noise  reduction,	 0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a useful range
	      for typical content, but you may want to turn it up a  bit  more
	      for  very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small impact on
	      speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
	      away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
	      Use  a different quantizer for chroma as compared to luma.  Use‐
	      ful values are in the range <-2-2> (default: 0).

       aq_mode=<0-2>
	      Defines how adaptive quantization (AQ) distributes bits:
		 0    disabled
		 1    Avoid moving bits between frames.
		 2    Move bits between frames (by default).

       aq_strength=<positive float value>
	      Controls how much adaptive quantization  (AQ)  reduces  blocking
	      and blurring in flat and textured areas (default: 1.0).  A value
	      of 0.5 will lead to weak AQ and less details, when  a  value  of
	      1.5 will lead to strong AQ and more details.

       cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
	      Either  uses  a predefined custom quantization matrix or loads a
	      JM format matrix file.
		 flat
		      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
		 jvt
		      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
		 <filename>
		      Use the provided JM format matrix file.
	      NOTE: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing
	      the command line if they attempt to use all the CQM lists.  This
	      is due to a command line length limitation.  In this case it  is
	      recommended the lists be put into a JM format CQM file and load‐
	      ed as specified above.

       cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 4x4 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of  16	 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 4x4 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of  16	 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 8x8 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of  64	 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom  8x8  inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma
	      separated values in the 1-255 range.

       level_idc=<10-51>
	      Set the bitstream's level as defined by annex  A	of  the	 H.264
	      standard	(default:  51  - level 5.1).  This is used for telling
	      the decoder what capabilities it needs to support.  Use this pa‐
	      rameter  only  if you know what it means, and you have a need to
	      set it.

       threads=<0-16>
	      Spawn threads to encode in parallel on multiple  CPUs  (default:
	      1).   This  has  a  slight penalty to compression quality.  0 or
	      'auto' tells x264 to detect how many CPUs you have and  pick  an
	      appropriate number of threads.

       (no)global_header
	      Causes  SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of the
	      bitstream (default: disabled).  Some players, such as  the  Sony
	      PSP, require the use of this option.  The default behavior caus‐
	      es SPS and PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

       (no)interlaced
	      Treat the video content as interlaced.

       log=<-1-3>
	      Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
		 -1   none
		  0   Print errors only.
		  1   warnings
		  2   PSNR and other analysis statistics when the encode  fin‐
		      ishes (default)
		  3   PSNR,  QP, frametype, size, and other statistics for ev‐
		      ery frame

       (no)psnr
	      Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
	      NOTE: The 'Y', 'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields  in  the  summary
	      are  not	mathematically	sound  (they are simply the average of
	      per-frame PSNRs).	 They are kept only for comparison to  the  JM
	      reference	 codec.	 For all other purposes, please use either the
	      'Global' PSNR, or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

       (no)ssim
	      Print the Structural Similarity Metric results.  This is an  al‐
	      ternative	 to  PSNR,  and may be better correlated with the per‐
	      ceived quality of the compressed video.

       (no)visualize
	      Enable x264 visualizations during encoding.  If the x264 on your
	      system  supports	it, a new window will be opened during the en‐
	      coding process, in which x264 will attempt to present  an	 over‐
	      view of how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type on the vi‐
	      sualized movie will be colored as follows:
		 red/pink
		      intra block
		 blue
		      inter block
		 green
		      skip block
		 yellow
		      B-block
	      This feature can	be  considered	experimental  and  subject  to
	      change.	In  particular, it depends on x264 being compiled with
	      visualizations enabled.  Note that  as  of  writing  this,  x264
	      pauses  after  encoding  and visualizing each frame, waiting for
	      the user to press a key, at which point the next frame  will  be
	      encoded.

   xvfw (-xvfwopts)
       Encoding	 with  Video  for Windows codecs is mostly obsolete unless you
       wish to encode to some obscure fringe codec.

       codec=<name>
	      The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

       compdata=<file>
	      The name of the codec settings file (like firstpass.mcf) created
	      by vfw2menc.

   MPEG muxer (-mpegopts)
       The  MPEG muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of which has rea‐
       sonable default parameters that the user can override.  Generally, when
       generating MPEG files, it is advisable to disable MEncoder's frame-skip
       code (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup and softskip  video  fil‐
       ters).

       EXAMPLE:
		 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
	      stream  format  (default: mpeg2).	 pes1 and pes2 are very broken
	      formats (no pack header and no padding), but VDR uses  them;  do
	      not choose them unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       size=<up to 65535>
	      Pack  size  in bytes, do not change unless you know exactly what
	      you are doing (default: 2048).

       muxrate=<int>
	      Nominal muxrate in kbit/s used in	 the  pack  headers  (default:
	      1800  kb/s).   Will be updated as necessary in the case of 'for‐
	      mat=mpeg1' or 'mpeg2'.

       tsaf
	      Sets timestamps on all frames,  if  possible;  recommended  when
	      format=dvd.  If dvdauthor complains with a message like "..audio
	      sector out of range...", you probably did not  enable  this  op‐
	      tion.

       interleaving2
	      Uses  a  better algorithm to interleave audio and video packets,
	      based on the principle that the muxer will always	 try  to  fill
	      the stream with the largest percentage of free space.

       vdelay=<1-32760>
	      Initial  video  delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it
	      if you want to delay video with respect to  audio.   It  doesn't
	      work with :drop.

       adelay=<1-32760>
	      Initial  audio  delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it
	      if you want to delay audio with respect to video.

       drop
	      When used with vdelay the muxer drops the part of audio that was
	      anticipated.

       vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
	      Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

       vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
	      Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vaspect=<1 | 4/3 | 16/9 | 221/100>
	      Sets  the	 display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.	 Do not use it
	      on MPEG-1 or the	resulting  aspect  ratio  will	be  completely
	      wrong.

       vbitrate=<int>
	      Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vframerate=<24000/1001  | 24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001 |
       60 >
	      Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be  ig‐
	      nored if used with the telecine option.

       telecine
	      Enables 3:2 pulldown soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the
	      video stream look like it was encoded at 30000/1001 fps.	It on‐
	      ly  works	 with  MPEG-2  video  when  the	 output	 framerate  is
	      24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.   Any	 other
	      framerate is incompatible with this option.

       film2pal
	      Enables FILM to PAL and NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The mux‐
	      er will make the video stream look like it  was  encoded	at  25
	      fps.   It only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate
	      is 24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any oth‐
	      er framerate is incompatible with this option.

       tele_src and tele_dest
	      Enables  arbitrary  telecining  using  Donand Graft's DGPulldown
	      code.  You need to specify the original and the desired  framer‐
	      ate;  the	 muxer will make the video stream look like it was en‐
	      coded at the desired framerate.  It only works with MPEG-2 video
	      when  the	 input	framerate is smaller than the output framerate
	      and the framerate increase is <= 1.5.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
		      PAL to NTSC telecining

       vbuf_size=<40-1194>
	      Sets the size of the video decoder's buffer, expressed in	 kilo‐
	      bytes.   Specify	it  only if the bitrate of the video stream is
	      too high for the chosen format and if you	 know  perfectly  well
	      what  you are doing.  A too high value may lead to an unplayable
	      movie, depending on the player's capabilities.  When muxing HDTV
	      video a value of 400 should suffice.

       abuf_size=<4-64>
	      Sets  the size of the audio decoder's buffer, expressed in kilo‐
	      bytes.  The same principle as for vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
       analyzeduration=<value>
	      Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       format=<value>
	      Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       o
	      FIXME: undocumented

       probesize=<value>
	      Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase.   In
	      the  case of MPEG-TS this value identifies the maximum number of
	      TS packets to scan.

       cryptokey=<hexstring>
	      Encryption key the demuxer should use.  This is the  raw	binary
	      data of the key converted to a hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
       delay=<value>
	      Currently	 only  meaningful  for	MPEG[12]: Maximum allowed dis‐
	      tance, in seconds, between the reference	timer  of  the	output
	      stream  (SCR)  and  the  decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream
	      present (demux to decode delay).	Default is 0.7 (as mandated by
	      the  standards  defined  by MPEG).  Higher values require larger
	      buffers and must not be used.

       format=<container_format>
	      Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect
	      from output file extension).
		 mpg
		      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
		 asf
		      Advanced Streaming Format
		 avi
		      Audio Video Interleave file
		 wav
		      Waveform Audio
		 swf
		      Macromedia Flash
		 flv
		      Macromedia Flash video files
		 rm
		      RealAudio and RealVideo
		 au
		      SUN AU format
		 nut
		      NUT open container format (experimental)
		 mov
		      QuickTime
		 mp4
		      MPEG-4 format
		 ipod
		      MPEG-4  format with extra header flags required by Apple
		      iPod firmware
		 dv
		      Sony Digital Video container

       muxrate=<rate>
	      Nominal bitrate of the multiplex, in bits per second;  currently
	      it  is  meaningful  only	for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is
	      necessary in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

       o
	      FIXME: undocumented

       packetsize=<size>
	      Size, expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for  the	chosen
	      format.	When  muxing  to  MPEG[12] implementations the default
	      values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.

       preload=<distance>
	      Currently only meaningful for  MPEG[12]:	Initial	 distance,  in
	      seconds,	between the reference timer of the output stream (SCR)
	      and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream  present	(demux
	      to decode delay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control
       the behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder.

       MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
	      Convert console messages to the specified charset (default:  au‐
	      todetect).  A value of "noconv" means no conversion.

       MPLAYER_HOME
	      Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

       MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and -msglevel)
	      Set  the initial verbosity level across all message modules (de‐
	      fault: 0).  The resulting verbosity corresponds to that of  -ms‐
	      glevel 5 plus the value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
       LADSPA_PATH
	      If  LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.  If
	      it is not set, you  must	supply	a  fully  specified  pathname.
	      FIXME: This is also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
       DVDCSS_CACHE
	      Specify  a  directory  in which to store title key values.  This
	      will speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache.   The
	      DVDCSS_CACHE  directory  is  created if it does not exist, and a
	      subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title or  manufac‐
	      turing  date.  If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty, libdvdcss
	      will use the default value  which	 is  "${HOME}/.dvdcss/"	 under
	      Unix and "C:\Documents and Settings\$USER\Application Data\dvdc‐
	      ss\" under Win32.	 The special value "off" disables caching.

       DVDCSS_METHOD
	      Sets the authentication and  decryption  method  that  libdvdcss
	      will  use	 to read scrambled discs.  Can be one of title, key or
	      disc.
		 key
		      is the default method.  libdvdcss will use a set of cal‐
		      culated  player  keys to try and get the disc key.  This
		      can fail if the drive does  not  recognize  any  of  the
		      player keys.
		 disc
		      is  a  fallback  method when key has failed.  Instead of
		      using player keys, libdvdcss will crack the disc key us‐
		      ing a brute force algorithm.  This process is CPU inten‐
		      sive and requires 64 MB of memory to store temporary da‐
		      ta.
		 title
		      is  the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It
		      does not rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive,  but
		      rather  uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.  On
		      rare cases this may fail because there is not enough en‐
		      crypted  data  on	 the disc to perform a statistical at‐
		      tack, but in the other hand it is the only  way  to  de‐
		      crypt  a	DVD  stored  on a hard disc, or a DVD with the
		      wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
	      Specify the raw device to use.  Exact usage will depend on  your
	      operating	 system,  the  Linux  utility to set up raw devices is
	      raw(8) for instance.  Please note that on	 most  operating  sys‐
	      tems,  using a raw device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux
	      requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is the size of a DVD sec‐
	      tor).

       DVDCSS_VERBOSE
	      Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
		 0    Outputs no messages at all.
		 1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
		 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

       DVDREAD_NOKEYS
	      Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
       AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
	      FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIODEV
	      FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIOSERVER
	      Specifies the Network Audio System server to which the nas audio
	      output driver should connect and the transport  that  should  be
	      used.   If  unset DISPLAY is used instead.  The transport can be
	      one of  tcp  and	unix.	Syntax	is  tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,
	      <somehost>:<instancenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS
	      base port is 8000 and <instancenumber> is added to that.

	      EXAMPLES:
		 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
		      Connect to NAS server on somehost using default port and
		      transport.
		 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
		      Connect  to NAS server on somehost listening on TCP port
		      8000.
		 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
		      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix
		      domain sockets.

       DISPLAY
	      FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
       VIDIX_CRT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       VIDIXIVTVALPHA
	      Set  this	 to  'disable'	in order to stop the VIDIX driver from
	      controlling alphablending settings.  You can then manipulate  it
	      yourself with 'ivtvfbctl'.

   osdep:
       TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
       DISPLAY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       FRAMEBUFFER
	      FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

       HOMEPATH
	      FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
	      FIXME: Document this.

       LOGNAME
	      FIXME: Document this.

       USERPROFILE
	      FIXME: Document this.

   libmpcodecs:
       XANIM_MOD_DIR
	      FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
       CHARSET
	      FIXME: Document this.

       DISPLAY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libavformat:
       AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_DEV
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FORMAT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FREQUENCY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
	      FIXME: Document this.

       no_proxy
	      FIXME: Document this.

FILES
       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf
	      MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mencoder.conf
	      MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
	      MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
	      MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
	      input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
	      GUI configuration file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
	      GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/font/
	      font  directory  (There  must be a font.desc file and files with
	      .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
	      cached CSS keys

       Assuming that /path/to/movie.avi is played, MPlayer  searches  for  sub
       files
	      in this order:
	      /path/to/movie.sub
	      ~/.mplayer/sub/movie.sub

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE
       Quickstart DVD playing:
       mplayer dvd://1

       Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

       Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

       Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       Play a multiangle DVD:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       Play from a different DVD device:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd2

       Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       Play a DVD with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:
       mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

       Stream from HTTP:
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       Stream using RTSP:
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       input from standard V4L:
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

       Playback on Zoran cards (new style):
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       Play DTS-CD with passthrough:
       mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/cdrom cdda://
       You  can also use -afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust '/dev/cdrom'
       to match the CD-ROM device on your system.  If your  external  receiver
       supports decoding raw DTS streams, you can directly play it via cdda://
       without setting format, hwac3 or hwdts.

       Play a 6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You might want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply  with  a
       value) to increase volume or avoid clipping.

       checkerboard invert with geq filter:
       mplayer -vf geq='128+(p(XY)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW128)64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH128)64))*4'

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE
       Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters:
       mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480:
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized macroblocks:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       The same, but with MJPEG compression:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       Encode all *.jpg files in the current directory:
       mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
       mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       Encode from a pipe:
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS
       Don't  panic.   If  you find one, report it to us, but please make sure
       you have read all of the documentation first.  Also look out  for  smi‐
       leys.  :)  Many bugs are the result of incorrect setup or parameter us‐
       age.  The bug reporting section of the documentation (http://www.mplay‐
       erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html) explains how to create useful bug
       reports.

AUTHORS
       MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.	 See the AUTHORS  file
       for a list of some of the many other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2008 The MPlayer Team

       This  man  page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego
       Biurrun.	 It is maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send  mails	 about
       it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.  Translation specific mails belong
       on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.

The MPlayer Project		  2008-01-01			    MPlayer(1)
[top]

List of man pages available for aLinux

Copyright (c) for man pages and the logo by the respective OS vendor.

For those who want to learn more, the polarhome community provides shell access and support.

[legal] [privacy] [GNU] [policy] [cookies] [netiquette] [sponsors] [FAQ]
Tweet
Polarhome, production since 1999.
Member of Polarhome portal.
Based on Fawad Halim's script.
....................................................................
Vote for polarhome
Free Shell Accounts :: the biggest list on the net